US20040261657A1 - Phase change inks containing colorant compounds - Google Patents

Phase change inks containing colorant compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20040261657A1
US20040261657A1 US10/606,631 US60663103A US2004261657A1 US 20040261657 A1 US20040261657 A1 US 20040261657A1 US 60663103 A US60663103 A US 60663103A US 2004261657 A1 US2004261657 A1 US 2004261657A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
phase change
composition according
ink composition
change ink
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US10/606,631
Other versions
US6835238B1 (en
Inventor
Bo Wu
Jeffery Banning
James Duff
Wolfgang Wedler
Jule Thomas
Randall Bridgeman
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Xerox Corp
Original Assignee
Xerox Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US10/606,631 priority Critical patent/US6835238B1/en
Application filed by Xerox Corp filed Critical Xerox Corp
Assigned to XEROX CORPORATION reassignment XEROX CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DUFF, JAMES M., BANNING, JEFFERY H., BRIDGEMAN, RANDALL R., THOMAS, JR., JULE W., WEDLER, WOLFGANG G., WU, BO
Priority to EP04011823A priority patent/EP1491595B1/en
Priority to DE602004006921T priority patent/DE602004006921T2/en
Priority to CA2471533A priority patent/CA2471533C/en
Priority to MXPA04006262A priority patent/MXPA04006262A/en
Priority to CNB2004100620477A priority patent/CN100497497C/en
Priority to BRPI0402453-2A priority patent/BRPI0402453B1/en
Priority to JP2004190164A priority patent/JP5265843B2/en
Assigned to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, AS COLLATERAL AGENT reassignment JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, AS COLLATERAL AGENT SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: XEROX CORPORATION
Publication of US6835238B1 publication Critical patent/US6835238B1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US20040261657A1 publication Critical patent/US20040261657A1/en
Assigned to JP MORGAN CHASE BANK reassignment JP MORGAN CHASE BANK SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: XEROX CORPORATION
Assigned to XEROX CORPORATION reassignment XEROX CORPORATION RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. AS SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL AGENT TO BANK ONE, N.A.
Assigned to XEROX CORPORATION reassignment XEROX CORPORATION RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. AS SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL AGENT TO BANK ONE, N.A.
Assigned to CITIBANK, N.A., AS AGENT reassignment CITIBANK, N.A., AS AGENT SECURITY INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: XEROX CORPORATION
Assigned to XEROX CORPORATION reassignment XEROX CORPORATION RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS AT R/F 062740/0214 Assignors: CITIBANK, N.A., AS AGENT
Assigned to CITIBANK, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT reassignment CITIBANK, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT SECURITY INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: XEROX CORPORATION
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00—Inks
    • C09D11/30—Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/34—Hot-melt inks

Definitions

  • Y is a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom
  • n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
  • R 1 is an alkylene group or an arylalkylene group
  • X is (a) a hydrogen atom, (b) a group of the formula
  • R 2 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group, (c) an alkyleneoxy, aryleneoxy, arylalkyleneoxy, or alkylaryleneoxy group, or (d) a group of the formula
  • R 4 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group.
  • phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula
  • Y is a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom
  • n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
  • R 1 is an alkylene group or an arylalkylene group
  • X is (a) a hydrogen atom, (b) a group of the formula
  • R 2 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group, (c) an alkyleneoxy, aryleneoxy, arylalkyleneoxy, or alkylaryleneoxy group, or (d) a group of the formula
  • R 4 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group.
  • Y is a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom
  • n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
  • R 1 is an alkylene group or an arylalkylene group
  • R 2 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group
  • R 4 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a n arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group
  • a process which comprises (a) preparing a first reaction mixture by admixing (1) leucoquinizarin and, optionally, quinizarin, (2) an aminobenzene substituted with an alcohol group of the formula —R 1 —OH, (3) boric acid, and (4) an optional solvent, and heating the first reaction mixture to prepare an alcohol-substituted colorant of the formula
  • M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • chromogen moieties or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • chromogen moieties z is an integer representing the number of
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 15 , R 6 , R 7 , a, b, c, d, Y, Q, Q ⁇ , A, and CA are, as defined therein.
  • phase change inks comprising a carrier and a colorant of the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , a, b, c, d, Y. Q, Q-, A, and CA are as defined therein.
  • the present invention is directed to phase change inks. More specifically, the present invention is directed to hot melt or phase change inks containing specific colorant compounds.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula
  • M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • chromogen moieties or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • chromogen moieties z is an integer representing the number of
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group; (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R 1 and R 2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R 3 and R 4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 , independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl
  • R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R 1 +R 2 +R 3 +R 4 +R 5 +R 6 +R?+R 8 +R 9 +R 10 is at least about 16, Q ⁇ is a COO ⁇ group or a SO 3 ⁇ group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q ⁇ groups.
  • phase change inks (sometimes referred to as “hot melt inks”) are in the solid phase at ambient temperature, but exist in the liquid phase at the elevated operating temperature of an ink jet printing device. At the jet operating temperature, droplets of liquid ink are ejected from the printing device and, when the ink droplets contact the surface of the recording substrate, either directly or via an intermediate heated transfer belt or drum, they quickly solidify to form a predetermined pattern of solidified ink drops.
  • Phase change inks have also been used in other printing technologies, such as gravure printing, as disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,879 and German Patent Publications DE 4205636AL and DE 4205713AL, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference.
  • Phase change inks for color printing typically comprise a phase change ink carrier composition which is combined with a phase change ink compatible colorant.
  • a series of colored phase change inks can be formed by combining ink carrier compositions with compatible subtractive primary colorants.
  • the subtractive primary colored phase change inks can comprise four component dyes, namely, cyan, magenta, yellow and black, although the inks are not limited to these four colors.
  • These subtractive primary colored inks can be formed by using a single dye or a mixture of dyes. For example, magenta can be obtained by using a mixture of Solvent Red Dyes or a composite black can be obtained by mixing several dyes.
  • the subtractive primary colorants employed can comprise dyes from the classes of Color Index (C.I.) Solvent Dyes, Disperse Dyes, modified Acid and Direct Dyes, and Basic Dyes.
  • the colorants can also include pigments, as disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,221,335, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,621,022 the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses the use of a specific class of polymeric dyes in phase change ink compositions.
  • Phase change inks have also been used for applications such-as postal marking, industrial marking, and labelling.
  • Phase change inks are desirable for ink jet printers because they remain in a solid phase at room temperature during shipping, long term storage, and the like.
  • the problems associated with nozzle clogging as a result of ink evaporation with liquid ink jet inks are largely eliminated, thereby improving the reliability of the ink jet printing.
  • the droplets solidify immediately upon contact with the substrate, so that migration of ink along the printing medium is prevented and dot quality is improved.
  • compositions suitable for use as phase change ink carrier compositions are known.
  • Some representative examples of references disclosing such materials include U.S. Pat. No. 3,653,932, U.S. Pat. No. 4,390,369, U.S. Pat. No. 4,484,948, U.S. Pat. No. 4,684,956, U.S. Pat. No. 4,851,045, U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,560, U.S. Pat. No. 5,006,170, U.S. Pat. No. 5,151,120, U.S. Pat. No. 5,372,852, U.S. Pat. No.
  • Suitable carrier materials can include paraffins, microcrystalline waxes, polyethylene waxes, ester waxes, fatty acids and other waxy: materials, fatty amide containing materials, sulfonamide materials, resinous materials made from different natural sources (tall oil rosins and rosin esters, for example), and many synthetic resins, oligomers, polymers, and copolymers.
  • X 1 is an ester group or an amide group (such as of a carboxylic or sulfonic acid) or a fatty amine salt of a sulfonic acid
  • each X 2 independently is a substituent
  • m has a value of from 0 to 2
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently H, alkyl, or halo
  • each Z independently is an ester or amide group
  • a ⁇ is an anion.
  • the compound is useful as a colorant for toners, D2T2 printing, plastics, polyesters, nylons, and inks, especially ink jet or hot melt inks.
  • HCl the following N,N′-diarylrhodamines which were isolated as HCl salts: Ph, m. 255-600; o-meC6H 4 , m. 205-100; m-meC6H 4 , m. 195-2000; p-meC 6 H 4 , m. 255-60°.
  • PhCH 2 NH 2 similarly gave N,N′-dibenzylrhodamine, m. 160-50; HCl salt decomp. 160-50; di-HCl salt decomp. 2100.
  • PhCH 2 NH 2 and 3-chloro-6-anilinofluorane gave 90-5% N-phenyl-N′-benzylrhodamine isolated as the HCl salt, m. 200-100. The absorption spectra of these rhodamines are shown. Dibenzylrhodamine fluoresces strongly in solution, while the phenyl benzyl analog has a weak fluorescence. The benzyl groups cause a bathochromic shift of the absorption band in the substituted rhodamines; the diarylrhodamines form blue-violet solutions unlike the orange-yellow produced by unsubstituted rhodamine. The di-HCl salt of dibenzylrhodamine loses one HCl in soln as shown by behavior in EtOH.
  • Rhodol was a constant byproduct as a result of partial deamination of rhodamine. The deamination is promoted by longer reaction time and higher temperatures. These factors also promoted the formation of a dark, amorphous material. o-Hydroxysulfanilic acid was formed in the reaction in up to 32% yield at 160° in 2 hours; more drastic conditions lowered its yield rapidly. Prior to the appearance of substantial amounts of rhodamine in the mixture, sulfonation of m-H 2 C 6 H 4 OH takes place, and the resulting compound appears to be the intermediate which reacts, with this compound forming rhodamine by displacement of the sulfonic acid group.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 1,991,482 (Allemann), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process of producing rhodamine dyes which comprises condensing a halogenated primary amine of: the benzene series with fluorescein dichloride and sulfonating the condensed product.
  • R 1 -R 6 are hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, lower alkyl lower alkene, lower alkyne, sulfonate, sulfone, amino, amido, nitrile, lower alkoxy, lining group, or combinations thereof or, when taken together, R 1 and R 6 is benzo, or, when taken together, R 4 and R 5 is benzo;
  • Y 1 -Y 4 are hydrogen or lower alkyl or, when taken together, Y, and R 2 is propano and Y 2 and R 1 is propano, or, when taken together, Y 3 and R 3 is propano and Y 4 and R 4 is propano;
  • X 1 -X 3 taken separately are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, chlorine, fluorine, lower alkyl carboxylate, sulfonic acid, —CH 2 OH, and linking group.
  • the invention includes reagents labeled with the 4,7-dichlororhodamine dye compounds, including deoxynucleotides, dideoxynucleotides, and polynucleotides.
  • the invention includes methods utilizing such dye compounds and reagents including dideoxy polynucleotide sequencing and fragment analysis methods.
  • L is C 2 -C 10 -alkylene
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently of the others hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 -alkyl or C 5 -C 7 -cycloalkyl or R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom linking them together are a hetero cyclic radical
  • An is one equivalent of an anion and m and n are each independently of the other 0 or 1.
  • a ⁇ is an anion
  • R is hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl
  • R 1 and R 2 independently of one another are each hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, or one of the radicals may furthermore be aryl, or R 1 and R 2 , together with the nitrogen atom, form a saturated heterocyclic structure
  • the radicals R 3 independently of one another are each hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl
  • R 4 and R 5 independently of one another are each unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl
  • one of the radicals may furthermore be hydrogen, aryl or hetaryl
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen atom, form a saturated heterocyclic structure
  • n is 1, 2 or 3
  • X is hydrogen, chlorine, bromine, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy or nitro and
  • British Patent Publication GB 421 737 discloses dyes of the rhodamine series which are prepared by condensing naphthalene-2:3-dicarboxylic acid with a m-aminophenol in which the nitrogen group is substituted by one or two alkyl groups, the products, if desired, being sulphonated.
  • the unsulphonated products may be used as lake colouring matters whilst the sulphonated dyes are acid wool dyes.
  • naphthalene-2:3-dicarboxylic acid is condensed with diethyl-m-aminophenol in the presence of zinc chloride giving a product which dyes tannin-mordanted cotton in the same shade as Rhodamine B and a sulphonated product which dyes wool bluish-red shades;
  • monoethyl-m-aminophenol is used instead of the diethyl-m-aminophenol in example (1), yielding a dye, which when sulphonated dyes wool red-orange shades;
  • 2-ethylamino-p-cresol replaces the diethyl-m-aminophenol in example (1), yielding a dye dyeing and printing tannin-mordanted cotton in shades similar to Rhodamine 69BS and when sulphonated dyeing wool red.
  • R 1 , R 3 are each lower alkyl;
  • R 2 is lower alkyl, 10C or higher long-chain alkyl;
  • R 4 is 10C or higher long-chain alkyl;
  • X ⁇ is an anion, or squarylium compounds of formula II
  • R 2 is 10C or higher long-chain alkyl.
  • phase change ink compatible colorants which comprise a phase change ink soluble complex of (a) a tertiary alkyl primary amine and (b) dye chromophores, i.e., materials that absorb light in the visible wavelength region to produce color having at least one pendant acid functional. group in the free acid form (not the salt of that acid).
  • dye chromophores i.e., materials that absorb light in the visible wavelength region to produce color having at least one pendant acid functional. group in the free acid form (not the salt of that acid).
  • Thin films of uniform thickness of the subject phase change ink compositions which employ the modified phase change ink colorants exhibit a high degree of lightness and chroma.
  • the primary amine-dye chromophore complexes are soluble in the phase change ink carrier and exhibit excellent thermal stability.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,507,864 discloses a phase change ink composition that includes a combination of different dye types such as an anthraquinone dye and a xanthene dye, which is most preferably a rhodamine dye. While each dye type is insufficiently soluble with respect to favored carrier compositions to preserve color saturation in reduced ink quantity prints, the dye type combination permits increased dye loading and maintains print quality.
  • a favored carrier composition is adjusted to promote the colored form of a preferred rhodamine dye (C.I.
  • Solvent Red 49 and mixed with a preferred anthraquinone dye (C.I. Solvent Red. 172) whose concentration is kept below a critical level to prevent post printed blooming.
  • the resulting preferred phase change ink compositions provide a magenta phase change-ink with enhanced light fastness and color saturation, as well as good compatibility with preferred existing subtractive primary color phase change inks.
  • A is an organic chromophore
  • Y is an oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene)
  • R is an arylene or alkylene
  • n represents the number of repeating segments, and is an integer of from about 2 to about 50
  • p represents the number of chains per chromophore and is an integer of from about 1 to about 6.
  • European Patent Publication 0565 798 discloses ultraviolet radiation-curable primary and secondary coating compositions for optical fibers.
  • the primary coatings comprise a hydrocarbon polyol-based reactively terminated aliphatic urethane oligomer; a hydrocarbon-monomer terminated with at least one end group capable of reacting with the terminus of the oligomer; and an optional photoinitiator.
  • the secondary coatings comprise a polyester and/or polyether-based aliphatic urethane reactively terminated oligomer; a hydrocarbonaceous viscosity-adjusting component capable of reacting with the reactive terminus of (I); and an optional photoinitiator. Also disclosed are optical fibers coated with the secondary coating alone or with the primary and secondary coatings of the invention.
  • magenta colorant compositions While known compositions and processes are-suitable for their intended purposes, a need remains for new magenta colorant compositions. In addition, a need remains for magenta colorant compositions particularly suitable for use in phase change inks. Further, a need remains for magenta colorants with desirable thermal stability. Additionally, a need remains for magenta colorants that exhibit minimal undesirable discoloration when exposed to elevated temperatures. There is also a need for magenta colorants that exhibit a desirable brilliance. In addition, there is a need for magenta colorants that exhibit a desirable hue. Further, there is a need for magenta colorants that are of desirable chroma. Additionally, there is a need for magenta colorants that have desirably high lightfastness characteristics.
  • a need remains for magenta colorants that exhibit desirable solubility characteristics in phase change ink carrier compositions.
  • a need remains for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks to be jetted at temperatures of over 135° C. while maintaining thermal stability.
  • a need remains for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images with low pile height.
  • magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images that approach lithographic thin image quality there is a need for magenta colorants that exhibit oxidative stability. Further, there is a need for magenta colorants that do not precipitate from phase change ink carriers.
  • magenta colorants that do not, when included in phase change inks, diffuse into adjacently printed inks of different colors.
  • a need also remains for magenta colorants that do not leach from media such as phase change ink carriers into tape adhesives, paper, or the like.
  • magenta colorants that, when incorporated into phase change inks, do not lead to clogging of a phase change ink jet printhead.
  • magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images with sharp edges that remain sharp over time.
  • magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images of desirably high optical density. Additionally, there is a need for magenta colorants that, because of their good solubility in phase change ink carriers, enable the generation of images of low pile height without the loss of desirably high optical density. A need also remains for magenta colorants that enable cost-effective inks. In addition, a need remains for magenta colorants that are compounds having metal compounds associated with chromogens, wherein the thermal stability of the metal compound colorants exceeds that of the chromogens unassociated with a metal.
  • the present invention is directed to a phase change ink composition
  • a phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula
  • M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • chromogen moieties or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • chromogen moieties z is an integer representing the number of
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R 1 and R 2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R 3 and R 4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 , independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl
  • R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R 1 +R 2 +R 3 +R 4 +R 5 +R 6 +R 7 +R 8 +R 9 +R 10 is at least about 16, Q ⁇ is a COO ⁇ group or a SO 3 — group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q ⁇ groups.
  • the present invention is directed to phase change inks containing colorant compounds of the formula
  • M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • chromogen moieties or (2) a: metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound, with at least two
  • chromogen moieties and z is an integer representing the number of
  • chromogen moieties associated with the metal is at least 2. There is no necessary upper limit on the value of z.
  • Examples of metal cations having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2 include +2, +3, +4, and higher cations of magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, radium, aluminum, gallium, germanium, indium, tin, antimony, tellurium, thallium, lead, bismuth, polonium, scandium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, zirconium, niobium molybdenum, technetium, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, cadmium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, rhenium, osmium, iridium, platinum, gold, mercury, metals of the lanthamide series, such as europium and the like, metals of the actinide series, and the like.
  • metal ionic moieties such as Me 3+ X ⁇ wherein Me represents a trivalent metal atom and X represents a monovalent anion, such as Cl ⁇ , Br ⁇ , I ⁇ , HSO 4 ⁇ , HSO 3 ⁇ , CH 3 SO 3 ⁇ , CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3 ⁇ , NO 3 ⁇ , HCOO ⁇ , CH 3 COO ⁇ , H 2 PO 4 ⁇ , SCN ⁇ , BF 4 ⁇ , ClO 4 ⁇ , SSO 3 ⁇ , PF 6 ⁇ , SbCl 6 ⁇ , or the like, or Me 4+ X ⁇ or Me 4+ X ⁇ or Me 4+ X 2 ⁇ wherein Me represents a tetravalent metal atom, X represents a monovalent anion, and X 2 represents 2 monovalent anions, Me 4+ X 2 ⁇ wherein Me represents a tetravalent metal atom and
  • metal coordination compounds wherein metals such as magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, radium, aluminum, gallium, germanium, indium, tin, antimony, tellurium, thallium, lead, bismuth, polonium, scandium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, zirconium, niobium molybdenum, technetium, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, cadmium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, rhenium, osmium, iridium, platinum, gold, mercury, metals of the lanthamide series, such as europium and the like, metals of the actinide series, and the like are associated with one or more ligands, such as carbonyl (carbon monoxide) ligands, ferrocene ligands, halide ligands, such as fluoride
  • R 51 , R 52 , and R 53 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a halogen atom, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, or the like, (iii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iv) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such
  • R 61 , R 62 , and R 63 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii)a halogen atom, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, or the like, (iii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iv) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms
  • heteropblyacids also known as polyoxometalates, which are acids comprising inorganic metal-oxygen clusters; these materials are discussed in, for example, “Polyoxometalate Chemistry: An Old Field with New Dimensions in Several Disciplines,” M. T. Pope et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl ., Vol. 30, p.
  • heteropolyacids include phosphotungstic acids, including (but not limited to) those of the general formula H 3 PO 4 .12WO 3 .XH 2 O (wherein X is variable, with common values including (but not being limited to) 12, 24, or the like), silicotungstic acids, including (but not limited to) those of the general formula H 4 SiO 2 .12WO 3 XH 2 O (wherein X is variable, with common values including (but not being limited to) 12, 24, 26, or the like), phosphomolybdic acids, including (but not limited to) those of the general formula 12MoO 3 H 3 PO 4 .XH 2 O (wherein X is variable, with common values including (but not being limited to) 12, 24, 26, or the like) and the like, all commercially available from, for example, Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis., as well as mixtures thereof;
  • chromogen moieties His meant that the metal cation or metal-containing moiety can react with two or more
  • chromogen moiety and the metal cation or metal-containing moiety to form a compound is suitable, including ionic compounds, covalent compounds, coordination compounds, and the like.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an aryl group (
  • R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in ane embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an aryl group (including unsub
  • each of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated
  • one of the R 7 groups is in the ortho position and is either an ester based on a carboxylic acid, an ester based on a sulfonic acid, an amide based on a carboxylic acid, or an amide based on a sulfonic acid, or (ii) one of the Q ⁇ groups is a sulfonate salt, i.e., when the chromogen is of the formula
  • R 12 R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 each independently of the other, is (i) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 50 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (ii) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 1 +R 2 +R 3 +R 4 is at least about 16, in another embodiment at least about 18, in yet another embodiment at least about 20, in still another embodiment at least about 22, in another embodiment at least about 24, in yet another embodiment at least about 26, in still another embodiment at least about 28, in another embodiment at least about; 30, in yet another embodiment at least about 32, in still another embodiment at least about 34, in another embodiment at least-about 36, in yet another embodiment at least about 38, in still another embodiment at least about 40, in another embodiment at least about 42, in yet another embodiment at least about 44, in still another embodiment at least about 46, in another embodiment at least about 48, in yet another embodiment at least about 50, in still another embodiment at least about 52, in another embodiment at least about 54, in: yet another embodiment at least about 56, in still another embodiment at least about 58, in another embodiment at least about 60, in yet another embodiment at least about 62, in still another embodiment at least about 64, in another embodiment at least about 66, in yet another embodiment at least about at least about
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 can also be groups such as alkoxy, polyalkyleneoxy, aryloxy, polyaryleneoxy, arylalkyloxy, polyarylalkyleneoxy, alkylaryloxy, or polyalkylaryleneoxy groups, provided that the oxygen atom in such a group is not directly bonded to a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom in the
  • Compounds for the inks of the present invention include those wherein the chromogen is a monocarboxylic acid or a monocarboxylate, wherein
  • monocarboxylic acid disulfonic acids and monocarboxylate disulfonates monocarboxylic acid trisulfonic acids and monocarboxylate trisulfonates, monocarboxylic acid tetrasulfonic acids and monocarboxylate tetrasulfonates, dicarboxylic acid monosulfonic acids and dicarboxylate monosulfonates, dicarboxylic acid disulfonic acids and dicarboxylate disulfonates, dicarboxylic acid trisulfonic acids and dicarboxylate trisulfonates, tricarboxylic acid monosulfonic acids and tricarboxylate monosulfonates, tricarboxylic acid disulfonic acids and tricarboxylate disulfonates, tetracarboxylic acid monosulfonic acids and tetracarboxylate monosulfonates, and the like.
  • a compound according to the present invention it is possible for a compound according to the present invention to have both one or more acid groups (i.e., COOH or SO 3 H) and one or more anionic salt groups (i.e., COO ⁇ or SO 3 ⁇ ) present in the molecule.
  • one or more acid groups i.e., COOH or SO 3 H
  • one or more anionic salt groups i.e., COO ⁇ or SO 3 ⁇
  • Colorant compounds suitable for inks according to the present invention include rhodamines, wherein
  • the anion A can be an organic dianion of the formula A 1 -R 11 -A 2 wherein A 1 and, A 2 each, independently of the other, are anionic groups, such as carboxylate, sulfonate, or the like, and wherein R 11 is (i) an alkylene group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkylene groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkylene group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with a t least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms
  • the anion A can be an orgdnic trianion, tetraanion, and higher, an, oligomeric and polymeric anion, such as a polysulfonate or polycarboxylate, or the like.
  • the chromogen for the colorant compounds for the inks according to the present invention is of the formula
  • the positive charge is delocalized, and that other tautomeric structures can be drawn, including (but not limited to)
  • the compounds in the inks of the present invention are of the general formula
  • M is a metal cation
  • y is an integer representing the charge on the metal cation and is at least 2
  • A is an anion
  • x is an integer representing the charge on the anion
  • Colorant compounds for inks of the present invention can be prepared by any desired or effective procedure. Preparation of the chromogen will be discussed first. By “chromogen” is meant the
  • component of the metal compound which is later reacted with the metal cation or metal containing moiety to form the colorant of the present invention for example, a dihalofluorescein, such as dichlorofluorescein or the like, can be admixed with one or more amines having the desired R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 groups thereon, an optional zinc halide, such as zinc chloride or the like, and an optional normucleophilic base, such as calcium oxide, zinc oxide, or the like, either neat or, optionally, in the presence of a solvent.
  • a dihalofluorescein such as dichlorofluorescein or the like
  • an optional zinc halide such as zinc chloride or the like
  • an optional normucleophilic base such as calcium oxide, zinc oxide, or the like
  • the amine and the dihalofluorescein are present in any desired or effective relative amounts, tin one embodiment at least about 0.9 mole of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment at least about 0.95 mole of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment at least about 1 mole of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 20 moles of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about 10 moles of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 2 moles of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges.
  • Dichlorofluorescein is commercially available from, for, example, Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
  • Dihalofluoresceins can also be prepared by the reaction of fluorescein with PX 5 wherein X is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, or with a toluenesulfonylhalide, such as toluenesulfonylchloride or the like.
  • the dihalofluorescein and the zinc halide are present in any desired or effective relative amounts, in one embodiment at least about 2 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment at least about 2.5 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and yet in another embodiment at least about 3 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 5 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about 4.5 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihaloflubrescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 4 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges.
  • the base is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 2 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein (i.e., about 2 moles of monobasic base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, about 1 mole of dibasic base, such as calcium oxide, per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and the like), in another embodiment at least about 2.5 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and yet in another embodiment at least about 3 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 10 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about 5 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 3.2 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges.
  • the reaction can be run neat, in the absence of a solvent.
  • the reaction can be run in the presence of an optional solvent.
  • suitable solvents include tetramethylene sulfone (sulfolane), N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, octanol, or the like, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • the optional solvent is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 11 liter per every 0.1 mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.3 mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.35 mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 2 moles of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about liter per every 1.5 moles of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 1 mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges.
  • the mixture of dihalofluorescein, amine, optional zinc halide, optional base, and optional solvent is then heated to any effective temperature, in one embodiment at least about 62° C., in another embodiment at least about 150° C., and in yet another embodiment at least about 190° C., and in one embodiment no more than about 28° C., in another embodiment no more than about 220° C., and in yet another embodiment no more than about 200° C., although the temperature can be outside of these ranges.
  • the mixture of dihalofluorescein, amine, optional zinc halide, optional base, and optional solvent is heated for any effective period of time, in one embodiment at least about 5 minutes, in another embodiment at least about 2 hours, and in yet another embodiment at least about 3 hours, and in one embodiment no more than about 4 days, in another embodiment no more than about 60 hours, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 40 hours, although the time can be outside of these ranges.
  • the resulting chromogen product can be purified by pouring the reaction mixture into an organic non-water-soluble and non-water-miscible solvent in which the product is soluble or miscible and in which undesirable salt byproducts are not soluble, such as methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, hexane, heptane, or the like, followed by admixing the solvent containing the product with water in a separatory funnel and separating the aqueous and organic phases.
  • an organic non-water-soluble and non-water-miscible solvent in which the product is soluble or miscible and in which undesirable salt byproducts are not soluble, such as methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, hexane, heptane, or the like, followed by admixing the solvent containing the product with water in a separatory funnel and separating the aqueous and organic phases.
  • the crude chromogen product can then, if desired, be further purified by washing it with aqueous EDTA to remove metal salts, followed by washing with water. If desired, a titration or other instrumental technique, such as AA (atomic absorption) or ICP (inductively coupled plasma) can be performed to determine if the metal salts have been completely removed.
  • AA atomic absorption
  • ICP inductively coupled plasma
  • Additional numbers of carbon atoms can be placed on the central structure by, for example, selecting long chain amines as reactants. Examples of such compounds include (but are not limited to) those of the formulae
  • R is a linear alkyl group of the formula —C n H 2 n+1 wherein n is at least about 12
  • R is a branched alkyl group of the formula —C n H 2n+1 wherein n is at least about 12
  • R is an ether group of the formula —(CH 2 ) 3 —O—C n H 2n+1 wherein n is at least about 11, and the like, as well as their ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base forms and their zwitterionic forms.
  • Additional numbers of carbon atoms can also be placed on the central structure by, for example, first preparing the corresponding alcohols and then reacting these alcohols with, for example, high-carbon-number acids to prepare esters, high-carbon-number isocyanates to prepare urethanes, or the like.
  • high-carbon-number acids to prepare esters
  • high-carbon-number isocyanates to prepare urethanes, or the like.
  • examples of such compounds include (but are not limited to) those of the formulae
  • R is a group of the formula
  • n is at least about 12
  • R is a group of the formula
  • n is at least about 12
  • R is a group of the formula
  • n is at least about 12
  • two R groups on the same nitrogen atom form a group, with the nitrogen atom, of the formula
  • n is at least about 12
  • two R groups on the same nitrogen atom form a group, with the nitrogen atom, of the formula
  • n is at least about 12, (9) two R groups on the same nitrogen atom form a group, with the nitrogen atom, of the formula
  • n is at least about 12, and the like, as well as their ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base forms and their zwitterionic forms.
  • n is at least about 11, (b) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (c) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (d) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (e) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (f) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (g) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (h) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (i) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (j) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (k) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (1) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (m) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (n) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12, (O) those of the formulae
  • n is at least about 12 and the like.
  • the chromogen can then be formed into a metal compound colorant by admixing it with an appropriate metal salt, optionally in the presence of a solvent, such as acetone, toluene, methyl isobutyl ketone, or the like.
  • a solvent such as acetone, toluene, methyl isobutyl ketone, or the like.
  • suitable metals are provided hereinabove.
  • suitable salts include those formed from the desired metal and any desired or effective anions, including (but not limited to) F ⁇ , Cl ⁇ , Br ⁇ , I ⁇ , SCN — , CF 3 SO 3 — , [C 10 H 8 (SO 3 ) 2 ]2 ⁇ , CH 3 ⁇ C 6 H 4 ⁇ SO 3 ⁇ , PF 6 ⁇ , ClO 4 ⁇ , NO 2 ⁇ C 6 H 4 ⁇ SO 3 ⁇ , NH 2 ⁇ C 6 H 4 ⁇ SO 3 ⁇ , SCN ⁇ , dodecylbenzene sulfonate, or the like.
  • the chromogen and the metal salt are present in any desired or effective relative amounts, generally at least about 2 moles of chromogen per every one mole of metal salt, and higher when higher ratios of chromogen to metal or metal containing moiety are desired, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges.
  • the optional solvent is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.01 mole of chromogen, in another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.04 mole of chromogen, and in yet another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.08 mole of chromogen, and in one embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 0.5 mole of chromogen, in another embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 0.1 mole of chromogen, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 0.09 mole of chromogen, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges.
  • the chromogen and the metal salt are allowed to react for any desired or effective period of time, in one embodiment at least about 0.5 hour, in another embodiment at least about 8 hours, and in yet another embodiment at least about 12 hours, and in one embodiment no more than about 96 hours, in another embodiment no more than about 48 hours, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 24 hours, although the time can be outside of these ranges.
  • the chromogen and the metal salt are allowed to react at any desired or effective temperature, in one embodiment at least about 25° C., in another embodiment at, least about 55° C., and in yet another embodiment at least about 100° C., and in one embodiment no more than about 190° C., in another embodiment no more than about 150° C., and in yet another embodiment no more than about 110° C., although the time can be outside of these ranges.
  • any desired or effective temperature in one embodiment at least about 25° C., in another embodiment at, least about 55° C., and in yet another embodiment at least about 100° C., and in one embodiment no more than about 190° C., in another embodiment no more than about 150° C., and in yet another embodiment no more than about 110° C., although the time can be outside of these ranges.
  • an optional solvent generally lower temperatures can be employed, whereas when the reaction is run neat, the temperature is sufficiently high to render the chromogen molten.
  • the resulting product can then be isolated by any desired or effective method, such as by distilling, off the solvent, cooling the reaction mixture (when the product is soluble in the solvent at elevated temperatures and insoluble in the solvent at lowered temperatures), or the like.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound comprising the reaction product of (a) a chromogen of the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R 1 and R 2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R 3 and R 4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure.
  • a and b each, independently of the others is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3
  • c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
  • each R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl group, (iv) an alkylaryl group,
  • R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R 1 +R 2 +R 3 +R 4 +R 5 +R 6 +R 7 +R 8 +R 9 +R 10 is at least about 16, Q ⁇ is a COO ⁇ group or a SO 3 — group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q ⁇ groups, and (b) a metal salt of which the metal portion is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • moieties or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
  • coordination complexes may form.
  • Q ⁇ is: a carboxylate anion
  • d is 1
  • the metal is capable of coordinating to four ligands
  • a metal colorant compound ac cording to the present invention may have the formula
  • the metal colorant compound may have the structure
  • the metal colorant compound may have the structure
  • the metal colorant compound may have the structure
  • Phase change inks of the present invention contain a phase change carrier system or composition.
  • the phase change carrier composition is typically designed for use in either a direct printing mode or an indirect or offset printing transfer system.
  • the phase change carrier composition in one embodiment contains one or more materials that enable the phase change ink (1) to be applied in a thin film of uniform thickness on the final recording substrate (such as paper, transparency material, and the like) when cooled to ambient temperature after printing directly to the recording substrate, (2) to be ductile while retaining sufficient flexibility so that the applied image on the substrate will not fracture upon bending, and (3) to possess a high degree of lightness, chroma; transparency, and thermal stability.
  • the final recording substrate such as paper, transparency material, and the like
  • the phase change carrier composition in one embodiment exhibits not only the characteristics desirable for direct printing mode inks, but also certain fluidic and mechanical properties desirable for use in such a system, as described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,389,958 the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference.
  • any desired or effective carrier composition can be used.
  • suitable ink carrier materials include fatty amides, such as monoamides, tetra-amides, mixtures thereof, and the like.
  • suitable fatty amide ink carrier materials include stearyl stearamide, a dimer acid based tetra-amide, that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and stearic acid, a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a carboxylic acid having at least about 36 carbon atoms, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • the fatty amide ink carrier is a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a carboxylic acid having at least about 36 carbon atoms
  • the carboxylic acid is of the general formula
  • R is an alkyl group, including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and cyclic alkyl groups, said alkyl group in one embodiment having at least about 36 carbon atoms, in another embodiment having at least about 40 carbon atoms, said alkyl group in one embodiment having no more than about 200 carbon atoms, in another embodiment having no more than about 150 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment having no more than about 100 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges.
  • Carboxylic acids of this formula are commercially available from, for example, Baker Petrolite, Tulsa, Okla., and can also be prepared as described in Example 1 of U.S. Pat. No.
  • phase change ink carrier materials are isocyanate-derived resins and waxes, such as urethane isocyanate-derived materials, urea isocyanate-derived materials, urethane/urea isocyanate-derived materials, mixtures thereof, and the like.
  • isocyanate-derived carrier materials is disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,604, U.S. Pat. No. 5,780,528, U.S. Pat. No. 5,782,966, U.S. Pat. No. 5,783,658, U.S. Pat. No. 5,827,918, U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,942, U.S. Pat. No.
  • phase change ink carrier materials for the present invention include paraffins, microcrystalline waxes, polyethylene waxes, ester waxes, amide waxes, fatty acids, fatty alcohols, fatty amides and other waxy materials, sulfonamide materials, resinous materials made from different natural sources (such as, for example, tall oil rosins and rosin esters), and many synthetic resins, oligomers, polymers and copolymers, such as ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene/acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate/acrylic acid copolymers, copolymers of acrylic acid with polyamides; and the like, ionomers, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • One-or more of these materials can also be employed in a mixture with a fatty amide material and/or an isocyanate-derived material.
  • the phase change ink carrier comprises (a) a polyethylene wax, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 25 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 30 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 37 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 60 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 53 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 48 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges; (b) a stearyl stearamide wax, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 8 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 12 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 32 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 28 percent by weight of the ink
  • the ink carrier is present in the phase change ink of the present invention in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 50 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 90 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 99 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 98 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 95 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges.
  • phase change inks of the present invention contain a colorant compound of the formula
  • This colorant is present in the ink in any desired or effective amount to obtain the desired color or hue, in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 0.5 percent by weight of the ink, in yet another embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, in still another embodiment of at least about 2 percent by weight of the ink, and in another-embodiment of at least about 3 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 13 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 6 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges.
  • the colorant according to the present invention can either be the sole colorant in the ink or can be present in combination with other colorants, such as dyes, pigments, mixtures thereof, and the like.
  • the inks of the present invention include an anthraquinone colorant in addition to the colorant according to the present invention.
  • suitable anthraquinone colorants include Solvent Red 172, colorants as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,395,078 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,422,695, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference, colorants as disclosed in Copending Application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,146, Copending Application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,376, and Copending Application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,379, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference, and the like.
  • the anthraquinone colorant is one prepared as described in Example XVII, Parts 1 through 5.
  • the anthraquinone colorant can be present in the inks of the present invention in any desired or effective amount to achieve the desired color, hue, and other characteristics, in one embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 2 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 3 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 13 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 6 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges.
  • the inks of the present invention further contain an acid having a K a value greater than that of the K a of the carboxylic acid and/or sulfonic acid and/or carboxylate and/or sulfonate groups on the colorant.
  • suitable acids include organic sulfonic acids, including alkyl benzene sulfonic acids such as para-toluene-sulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, and the like, p-toluene sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, methylsulfonic acid, trifluoromethyl sulfonic acid, hydrobromic acid, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • alkyl benzene sulfonic acids such as para-toluene-sulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, and the like
  • p-toluene sulfonic acid hydrochloric acid
  • trifluoroacetic acid methylsulfonic acid
  • trifluoromethyl sulfonic acid trifluoromethyl sulfonic acid
  • hydrobromic acid hydrobromic acid
  • the acid is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 2 percent by weight of the amount of colorant according to the present invention, and in another embodiment at least about 5 percent by weight of the amount of colorant according to the present invention, and in one embodiment no more than about 100 percent by weight of the amount of the colorant according to the present invention, and in another embodiment no more than about 30 percent by weight of the colorant according to the present invention, although the amount of acid can be outside of these ranges.
  • the inks of the present invention can also optionally contain an antioxidant.
  • the optional antioxidants of the ink compositions protect the images from oxidation and also protect the ink components from oxidation during the heating portion of the ink preparation process.
  • suitable antioxidants include NAUGUARD® 524, NAUGUARD® 76, and NAUGUARD® 512 (commercially available from Uniroyal Chemical Company, Oxford, CT), IRGANOX® 1010 (commercially available from Ciba Geigy), and the like.
  • the optional antioxidant is present in the ink in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment of at least about 0.01 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about; percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 5 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 3 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges.
  • the inks of the present invention can also optionally contain a viscosity modifier.
  • suitable viscosity modifiers include aliphatic ketones, such as stearone, and the like.
  • the optional viscosity modifier is present in the ink in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 99 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 30 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 15 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges.
  • clarifiers such as UNION CAMP® X37-523-235 (commercially available from Union Camp), in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 0.01 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 5 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 98 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 50 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 10 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges, tackifiers; such as FORAL® 85, a glycerol ester of hydrogenated abietic (rosin) acid (commercially available from Hercules), FORAL® 105, a pentaerythritol ester of hydroabietic (rosin) acid (commercially available from Hercules), CELLOLYN® 21, a hydroabietic (
  • the ink compositions of the present invention in one embodiment have melting points of no lower than about 50° C., in another embodiment of no lower than about 70° C., and in yet another embodiment of no lower than about 80° C., and have melting points in one embodiment of no higher than about 160° C., in another embodiment of no higher than about 140° C., and in yet another embodiment of no higher than about 100° C., although the melting point can be outside of these ranges.
  • the ink compositions of the present invention generally have melt viscosities at the jetting temperature (in one embodiment no lower than about 75° C., in another embodiment no lower than about 100° C., and in yet another embodiment no lower than about 120° C., and in one embodiment no higher than about 180° C., and in another embodiment no higher than about 150° C., although the jetting temperature can be outside of these ranges) in one embodiment of no more than about 30 centipoise in another embodiment of no more than about 20 centipoise, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 15 centipoise, and in one embodiment of no less than about 2 centipoise, in another embodiment of no less than about 5 centipoise, and in yet another embodiment of no less than about 7 centipoise, although the melt viscosity can be outside of these ranges.
  • the ink compositions of the present invention can be prepared by any desired or suitable method.
  • the ink ingredients can be mixed together, followed by heating, to a temperature in one embodiment of at least about 100° C., and in one embodiment of no more than about 140° C., although the temperature can be outside of these ranges, and stirring until a homogeneous ink composition is obtained, followed by cooling the ink to ambient temperature (typically from about 20 to about 25° C.).
  • the inks of the present invention are solid at ambient temperature.
  • the inks in their molten state are poured into molds and then allowed to cool and solidify to form ink sticks.
  • the inks of the present invention can be employed in apparatus for direct printing ink jet processes and in indirect (offset) printing ink jet applications.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a process which comprises incorporating an ink of the present invention into an ink jet printing apparatus, melting the ink, and causing droplets of the melted ink to be ejected in an imagewise pattern onto a recording substrate.
  • a direct printing process is also disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,195,430, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference.
  • Yet another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a process which comprises incorporating an ink of the present invention into an ink jet printing apparatus, melting the ink, causing droplets of the melted ink to be ejected in an imagewise pattern onto an intermediate transfer member, and transferring the ink in the imagewise pattern from the intermediate transfer member to a final recording substrate.
  • the intermediate transfer member is heated to a temperature above that of the final recording sheet and below that of the melted ink in the printing apparatus.
  • the printing apparatus employs a piezoelectric printing process-wherein droplets of the ink are caused to be ejected in imagewise pattern by oscillations of piezoelectric vibrating elements.
  • Inks of the present invention can also be employed in other hot melt printing processes, such as hot melt acoustic ink jet printing, hot melt thermal ink jet printing, hot melt continuous stream or deflection ink jet printing, and the like.
  • Phase change inks of the present invention can also be used in printing processes other than hot melt ink jet printing processes.
  • Any suitable substrate or recording sheet can be employed, including plain papers such as XEROX® 4024 papers, XEROX® Image: Series papers, Courtland 4024 DP paper, ruled notebook paper, bond paper, silica coated papers such as Sharp Company silica coated paper, JuJo paper, Hammermill Laserprint Paper, and the like, transparency materials, fabrics, textile products, plastics, polymeric films, inorganic substrates such as metals and wood, and the like.
  • a mixture of dichlorofluorescein (105 grams, 0.284 mole, prepared as described above), calcium oxide (24, grams, 0.62 mole; obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), ZnCl 2 (116 grams, 0.85 mole; obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.), and distearyl amine (288 grams, 0.585 mole; ARMEEN 2HT, obtained from Akzo-Nobel, McCook, Ill.) in 650 milliliters of tetramethylene sulfone (obtained from Chevron Phillips Chemical Co., LP, The Woodlands, Tex.) was stirred and heated to 190° C. in a 1 liter round bottom flask. After 10 hours of heating, the deeply magenta colored mixture was cooled to 120° C. and poured into 2.5 liters of methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) and stirred until totally dissolved.
  • MIBK methyl isobutyl ketone
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • Example IB The process of Example IB was repeated except that dioctyl amine (NH((CH 2 ) 7 CH 3 ) 2 , obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) was used instead of distearyl amine.
  • the dioctyl amine was present in an amount of 1.95 moles of dioctyl amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example IIB. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example IIC.
  • Example IB The process of Example IB was repeated except that the reaction was run with 2.05 moles of stearyl amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example 111B. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example IIIC.
  • PRIMENE JM-T was present in an amount of 2 moles of PRIMENE JM-T per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example IVB. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example IVC.
  • Example IB The process of Example IB was repeated except that UNILIN 425-PA (obtained from Tomah Products, Milton, Wis., of the formula CH 3 (CH 2 ) 31 —O—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 ) was used instead of distearyl amine.
  • the UNILIN 425-PA was present in an amount of 2 moles of UNILIN 425-PA per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. It is believed that the product was of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • Example —IB The process of Example —IB was repeated except that diethanol amine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis., of the formula HN(CH 2 CH 2 OH) 2 ) was used instead of distearyl amine.
  • the diethanol amine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of diethanol amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein
  • the solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 125° C. for 100 hours.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example VIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn 2+ and Ca 2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • Example VIC About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example VIC is added to 23.4 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 2 drops of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed.
  • octadecylisocyanate available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
  • dibutyltindilaurate catalyst available from Aldrich Chemical Co.
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • N-methyl-D-glucamine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of N-methyl-D-glucamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1.5 moles of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 130° C. for 7 days.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example VIIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn 2+ and Ca 2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • Example YIJC About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example YIJC is added to 45 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 4 drops of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed.
  • the deca-urethane rhodamine is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • Example IB The process of Example IB was repeated except that 2-piperidine ethanol (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula
  • Example VIIIB About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example VIIIB is added to 10.7 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 1 drop of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed.
  • the di-urethane rhodamine is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula
  • T 5 The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is T 5 believed to be of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwifterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • N-benzylethanolamine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of N-benzylethanolamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was dimethyl formamide instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 48 hours.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example XIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn 2+ and Ca 2 + ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • Example XIC About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example XIC is added to 9.9 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 1 drop of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed.
  • octadecylisocyanate available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
  • dibutyltindilaurate catalyst available from Aldrich Chemical Co.
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • N-benzylethanolamine was present in an amount of 10 moles of N-benzylethanolamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was the excess N-benzylethanolamine instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was refluxed in an oil bath for 48 hours, followed by distilling off the excess amine.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example XIIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn 2+ and Ca 2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • the reaction mixture is then cooled to 40° C. and filtered.
  • the filter cake is reslurried and filtered two more times in methanol to remove residual xylene.
  • the filter cake is then dried in air at ambient temperature. It is believed that this filter cake will contain a colorant of the formula
  • n has an average value of about 50.
  • the ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • [0281] was used instead of distearyl amine.
  • the 2-(ethylamino)ethanol was present in an amount of, 20 moles of 2-(ethylamino)ethanol per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was the excess 2-(ethylamino)ethanol instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was refluxed in an oil bath for 24 hours, followed by distilling off the excess amine.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example XIIIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn 2+ and Ca 2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
  • Example XIIIC About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example XIIIC is added to 12.5 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 1 drop of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed.
  • the diurethane rhodamine is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula
  • a ⁇ is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton.
  • the zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
  • Example OB The process of Example OB was repeated except that a mixture of stearyl amine (ARMEEN 0.18D; obtained from Akzo-Nobel, McCook, Ill.) and distearyl amine was used instead of pure distearyl amine.
  • the stearyl amine was present in an amount of 1.02 moles of stearyl amine per every, one mole of dichlorofluorescein, and the distearyl amine was present in an amount of 1.02 moles of distearyl amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
  • Example IC The process of Example IC was, repeated using the product obtained in Example XVB. It is believed that the: purified product was a mixture of compounds of the formulae
  • Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example XVC.
  • Example II The process of Example I was repeated except that 80.3 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, 400 grams of toluene, and 3.5 grams of CaCl 2 were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example II The process of Example I was repeated except that 100.2 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, 600 grams of toluene, and 8.2 grams of BiCl 3 were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example II The process of Example I was repeated except that 100 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, 1,000 grams of MIBK, and 8.8 grams of SnCl 2 in a 2 liter. 3-necked roundbottom flask were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example II The process of Example I was repeated except that 32.4 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrostearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, and. 1.6 grams of FeCl 2 were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example I The process of Example I was repeated except that 35 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, and 1.83 grams of CuCl 2 were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example II The process of Example I was repeated except that 32.7 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, and 1.13 grams of AlCl 3 were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example II The process of Example I was repeated except that 5.5 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 100 grams of MIBK, and 0.53 grams of nickel II acetate (Ni(CH 3 COO) 2 ) were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example I The process of Example I was repeated except that 34.1 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, 13.1 grams of phosphotungstic-acid, and 5.6 grams of phosphomolybdic acid were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example I The process of Example I was repeated except that 24.3 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 250 grams of toluene, and 0.9 grams of titanium IV chloride were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • Example II The process of Example I was repeated except that 25.2grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 250 grams of MIBK, and 1.04 grams of chromium III chloride were employed.
  • the product a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
  • a secondary magenta colorant was prepared as follows.
  • reaction mixture was cooled and filtered.
  • product filter cake was dried in air at ambient temperature.
  • the spectral strength of the alcohol-substituted colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in toluene and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer.
  • the spectral strength of the alcohol-substituted colorant was measured as about 21,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption ⁇ max , indicating a purity of about 80 percent.
  • the spectral strength of the brominated ethyl acetate-substituted colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in toluene and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer.
  • the spectral strength of the brominated ethyl acetate-substituted colorant was measured as about 15,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption ⁇ max . This spectral strength indicated a purity of about 60 percent.
  • the reaction mixture was then quenched into 234 grams of deionized water and allowed to cool to room temperature. Glacial acetic acid was added until the solution reached a pHF of between 6 and 7. The reaction mixture was then filtered. The filter cake was reslurried and filtered twice in deionized water to remove most of the residual N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. The filter cake was then dried in a 60° C. oven. This filter cake contained a brominated alcohol-substituted colorant of the formula
  • the spectral strength of the brominated alcohol-substituted colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in an equal mixture, of toluene and tetrahydrofuran and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer.
  • the spectral strength of the brominated alcohol-substituted colorant was measured as about 16,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption ⁇ max . This spectral strength indicated a purity of about 60 percent.
  • R 2 is a linear alkyl group having an average of about 50 carbon atoms.
  • the spectral strength of the colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in an equal mixture of toluene and tetrahydrofuran and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer.
  • the spectral strength of the colorant was measured as about 5,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption ⁇ max . This spectral strength indicated a purity of about 40 percent.
  • Ink A—1 In a stainless steel beaker were combined 153.22 grams of polyethylene wax (PE655, obtained from Baker Petrolite, Tulsa, Okla., of the formula CH 3 (CH 2 ) 50 OH 3 ), 39.72 grams of stearyl stearamide wax (KEMAMIDE® S-180, obtained from Crompton Corporation, Greenwich, Conn.), 62.99 grams of a tetra-amide resin obtained from the reaction of one equivalent of dimer diacid with two equivalents of ethylene diamine and UNICID® 700 (a carboxylic acid derivative of a long chain alcohol obtained from Baker Petrolite, Tulsa, Okla.), prepared as described in Example 1 of U.S. Pat. No.
  • PE655 polyethylene wax
  • KEMAMIDE® S-180 obtained from Crompton Corporation, Greenwich, Conn.
  • UNICID® 700 a carboxylic acid derivative of a long chain alcohol obtained from Baker Petrolite, Tulsa, Okla.
  • magenta ink thus formed was filtered through a heated MOTT® apparatus (obtained from Mott Metallurgical) using Whatman #3 filter paper under a pressure of 15 pounds per square inch.
  • the filtered phase change ink was poured into molds and allowed to solidify to form ink sticks.
  • magenta phase change ink thus prepared exhibited a viscosity of 10.80 centipoise as measured by a Rheometrics-cone-plate viscometer at about 140° C., and a spectral strength of 1,279 milliliters absorbance per gram at 550 nanometers, determined by using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the solid, ink in n-butanol and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer.
  • Ink A-2 was prepared in a similar manner to that used to prepare Ink A-1 but using a different formulation for the ink composition as described in the table below. The properties of Ink A-2 were, obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. The melting points of 84° C. and 105° C. were measured by differential scanning calorimetry using a DuPont 2100 calorimeter. Ink A-2 had a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 19° C. As shown in the table, the predominant difference between Ink A-1 and Ink A-2 is the relative concentration of the colorant in the ink.
  • Ink A-3 was prepared in a similar manner to that used to prepare Ink A-1 but using a different formulation for the ink composition as described in the table below. The properties of Ink A-3 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1 and Ink A-2. As shown in the table, the predominant difference between Ink A-3 and Inks A-1 and A-2 is the relative higher concentration of the colorant in the ink. As a result, the spectral strength of Ink A-3 is also higher than those of Inks A-1 and A-2, suggesting very good solubility of the colorant described in Example IF in the ink carrier.
  • Inks B-1 and B-2 Inks B-1 and B-2 were prepared in a similar manner to that used to prepare Ink A-1 but using the colorant of Example XVII instead of the colorant of Example IF. Their formulations are described in the table below. The properties of Ink B-1 and Ink B-2 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Inks A-1 and A-2. As shown in the table, the predominant difference between Ink B-1 and Ink B-2 is the relative concentration of the colorant in the ink.
  • Ink C was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XVIII was used in place of the colorant from Example IF. The properties of Ink C were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Inks D-1 and D-2 were prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XIX was used in place of the colorant from Example IF.
  • the properties of Ink D-1 and Ink D-2 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Ink E was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XX was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink E were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1′.
  • Ink F was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXI was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink F were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Ink G was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXII was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink G were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Ink H was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXIII was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink H were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Ink 1 Ink I was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXIV was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink I were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Ink J was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXV was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink J were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Ink K was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXVI was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink K were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Comparative Ink II An ink was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that instead of the colorant from Example IF, the commercially available SR 49 and dodecyl benzene sulfuric acid (DDBSA, Bio-soft S-100, obtained from Stepan Company, Elwood, Ill.) were used. The properties of Comparative Ink 1 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • DBSA dodecyl benzene sulfuric acid
  • Comparative Ink 2 An ink was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that instead of the colorant from Example IF, a colorant comprising the chromogen of Example ID (said chromogen not being part of a metal compound according to the, present invention) and dodecyl benzene sulfuric acid (DDBSA, Bio-soft S-100, obtained from Stepan Company, Elwood, Ill.) were used.
  • the properties of Comparative Ink 2 were obtained using the, same methods as those used for Ink A-1.
  • Comparative Ink 3 An ink was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 including the colorant preparation from Example IF, except that instead of using the chromogen from Example ID, commercially available Solvent Red 49 was used as the chromogen to prepare the resulting zinc colorant. The properties of Comparative Ink 3 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. Since it was found that the spectral strength of the unfiltered ink was higher than that of the filtered ink, the actual relative colorant amount of the colorant is in fact less than that listed in the following formulation table.
  • the colorant described in Comparative Example 3 has much lower solubility than that of the colorant described in Example A; it is believed that the better solubility of the colorant in Inks A-1 through A-3 can be attributed to the long alkyl groups on the chromogen compared to those of commercially available Solvent Red 49.
  • magenta inks thus prepared were successfully printed on HAMMERMILL LASERPRINT® paper (obtained from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn.) with a XEROX® PHASER 860 printer, which uses a printing process wherein the ink is first jetted in an imagewise pattern onto an intermediate transfer member followed by transfer of the imagewise pattern from the intermediate transfer member to a final recording substrate.
  • the solid field images with a resolution of 450 dpi ⁇ 600 dpi were generated from the printer, and their color space data were obtained on an ACS® Spectro Sensor® II Colorimeter (obtained from Applied Color Systems Inc.) in accordance with the measuring methods stipulated in ASTM IE805 (Standard Practice of Instrumental Methods of Color or Color Difference Measurements of Materials) using the appropriate calibration standards supplied by the instrument manufacturer.
  • measurement data were reduced, via tristimulus integration, following ASTM E308 (Standard Method for Computing the Colors of Objects using the CIE System) in order to calculate the 1976 CIE L* (Lightness), Q* (redness-greenness), and b* (yellowness-blueness) CIELAB values for each phase change ink sample.
  • the color values in the above tables indicate that the colorants' of Inks A through K can be used in hot melt inks with good magenta color as evidenced by the a* and, b* values of the prints.
  • Ink A can exhibit magenta color with a chroma larger than that of Comparative Ink 1., which was made from commercially available SR 49, which has been considered to be a bright magenta dye.
  • SR 49 dye which normally needs a relatively strong acid such as DDBSA to develop its color in an ink base
  • the colorants in Inks A through K of this invention show reasonably strong magenta color without an acid developer.
  • the inks were heated in glass jars continuously in an oven at 140° C., followed by sampling and printing the inks on HAMMERMILL Laserprint papers using a K-Proofer, and finally measuring the color changes of the prints of the sampled inks as a function of time.
  • the color changes of the resultant prints were monitored by CIELAB values and expressed by Delta E relative to the initial CIELAB values. The color change of each sample was determined according to the methods described hereinabove for obtaining CIELAB values.
  • a thermal stability test was performed by continuously heating the test inks in a printer at 136° C. and measuring the color change of the prints as a function of time (referred to as the “No-standby” test).
  • the color changes of the resultant prints were monitored by CIELAB values and expressed by Delta E relative to the initial CIELAB values.
  • the color change of each sample was, determined according to the methods described hereinabove for obtaining CIELAB values.
  • the inks were exposed to a mixture of finger oil and hand lotion.
  • a test person applied in two subsequent steps a hand lotion to his/her hands, and dried off excess lotion with a towel. Then, the person gently touched the printed inks at the right side of a particular print, starting at 90% coverage strip and proceeded in a downward motion to the 20% coverage strip. Afterwards, the procedure was repeated on the same print with the other hand, starting on the left side with the 20% coverage strip, and moving upward towards higher coverages. Without renewal of hand lotion, this was repeated with the next print.
  • the person was instructed to re-apply lotion to the hands in the described manner, and proceed with the next two prints. When all prints had been exposed to the finger oils, the prints were deposited into manila folders, whereby each print was separated from the next by a blank sheet of paper. The folder then was stored at ambient temperature for 5 days.
  • the prints were removed from the manila folders and laid out in a systematic pattern on a sufficiently large table in a sufficiently bright and evenly lit room
  • One test person in some cases several test persons—then compared visually the finger marks on the prints with those seen on the prints of the reference ink.
  • Observers were instructed to grade fingerprint performance qualitatively on a scale from ⁇ 3 to +3, with ⁇ 3 indicating worst behavior, and +3 indicating no finger marks observed. In this system of grades, the value ⁇ 0 would then indicate no difference of performance as compared to the print of the reference ink.
  • the prints were; also aged at elevated temperatures of 45° C. and 60° C. in addition to aging at room temperature.
  • the tested ink according to the present invention was Ink A-1 and the reference ink was Comparative Ink 1.
  • the evaluation scores were as follows: Ink room temp. 45° C. 60° C. A-1 0.7 1.1 1.5 1 0 0 0
  • Ink A-2 and Comparative Ink 1 were tested for diffusion tendency of their colorants.
  • a clear ink was also prepared in the same manner as for Ink A-2 but without any colorants.
  • This diffusion evaluation method used printed images to test for the ability of the colorant from a magenta ink pixel to diffuse into neighboring colorless ink pixels that surrounded the magenta ink pixel.
  • the test prints were generated to contain about 20 percent individual magenta pixels surrounded by 80 percent clear ink pixels.
  • the prints were analyzed at room temperature over a number of days for overall color change detected using a color image analyzer, and the response was measured as change in delta E ( ⁇ E) over time and shown in the table below.

Abstract

A phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00001
wherein M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00002
chromogen moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00003
chromogen moieties, z is an integer representing the number of
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00004
chromogen moieties associated with the metal and is at least 2, and R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, a, b, c, d, Y, Q−, A, and CA are as defined herein.

Description

  • Cross-reference is made to the following copending applications: [0001]
  • Copending application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,146, filed Sep. 27, 2002, entitled “Colorant Compounds,” with the named inventors Jeffery H. Banning and C. Wayne Jaeger, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses compounds of the formula [0002]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00005
  • wherein Y is a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, R[0003] 1 is an alkylene group or an arylalkylene group, and X is (a) a hydrogen atom, (b) a group of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00006
  • wherein R[0004] 2 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group, (c) an alkyleneoxy, aryleneoxy, arylalkyleneoxy, or alkylaryleneoxy group, or (d) a group of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00007
  • wherein R[0005] 4 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group.
  • Copending application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,376, filed Sep. 27, 2002, entitled “Phase Change Inks,” with the named inventors C. Wayne Jaeger and Jeffery H. Banning, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula [0006]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00008
  • wherein Y is a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, R[0007] 1 is an alkylene group or an arylalkylene group, and X is (a) a hydrogen atom, (b) a group of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00009
  • wherein R[0008] 2 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group, (c) an alkyleneoxy, aryleneoxy, arylalkyleneoxy, or alkylaryleneoxy group, or (d) a group of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00010
  • wherein R[0009] 4 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group.
  • Copending application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,379, filed Sep. 27, 2002, entitled “Methods for Making Colorant Compounds,” with the named inventors C. Wayne Jaeger and Jeffery H. Banning, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process for preparing a colorant of the formula [0010]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00011
  • wherein Y is a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, R[0011] 1 is an alkylene group or an arylalkylene group, R2 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group, and R4 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a n arylalkyl group, or an alkylaryl group, can be prepared by a process which comprises (a) preparing a first reaction mixture by admixing (1) leucoquinizarin and, optionally, quinizarin, (2) an aminobenzene substituted with an alcohol group of the formula —R1—OH, (3) boric acid, and (4) an optional solvent, and heating the first reaction mixture to prepare an alcohol-substituted colorant of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00012
  • followed by (b) converting the colorant thus prepared to either (i) an ester-substituted colorant by reaction with an esterificdtion compound which is either (A) an anhydride of the formula [0012]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00013
  • or (B) an acid of the formula R[0013] 2COOH in the presence of an optional esterification catalyst, or (ii) a urethane-substituted colorant by reaction with an isocyanate compound of the formula
  • R4—N═C═O
  • and (c) brominating the colorant thus prepared, wherein either conversion to ester or urethane can be performed before bromination or bromination can be performed before conversion to ester or urethane. [0014]
  • Copending application U.S. Ser. No. ______ (not yet assigned; Attorney Docket Number D/A3152), filed concurrently herewith, entitled “Colorant Compounds,” with the named inventors Jeffery H. Banning, Bo Wu, James M. Duff, Wolfgang G. Wedler, Jule W. Thomas, and Randall R. Bridgeman, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses compounds of the formula [0015]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00014
  • wherein M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two [0016]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00015
  • chromogen moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two [0017]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00016
  • chromogen moieties, z is an integer representing the number of [0018]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00017
  • chrombgen moieties associated with the metal and is at least 2, and R., R[0019] 2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, a, b, c, d, Y, Q−, A, and CA are as defined therein.
  • Copending application U.S. Ser. No. ______ (not yet assigned; Attorney Docket Number D/A3153), filed concurrently herewith, entitled “Colorant Compounds,” with the named inventors Jeffery H. Banning, Bo Wu, James M. Duff, Wolfgang G. Wedler, and Donald R. Titterington, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses compounds of the formulae [0020]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00018
  • wherein R[0021] 1, R2, R3, R4, R15, R6, R7, a, b, c, d, Y, Q, Q−, A, and CA are, as defined therein.
  • Copending application U.S. Ser. No. ______ (not yet assigned; Attorney Docket Number D/3153Q), filed concurrently herewith, entitled “Phase Change Inks Containing Colorant Compounds,” with the named inventors Bo Wu, Jeffery H. Banning, James M. Duff, Wolfgang G. Wedler, and Donald R. Titterington, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses phase change inks comprising a carrier and a colorant of the formula [0022]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00019
  • wherein R[0023] 1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, a, b, c, d, Y. Q, Q-, A, and CA are as defined therein.
    • BACKGROUND
  • The present invention is directed to phase change inks. More specifically, the present invention is directed to hot melt or phase change inks containing specific colorant compounds. One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula [0024]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00020
  • wherein M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two [0025]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00021
  • chromogen moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two [0026]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00022
  • chromogen moieties, z is an integer representing the number of [0027]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00023
  • chromogen moieties associated with the metal and is at least 2, R[0028] 1, R2, R3, and R4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group; (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R1 and R2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R3 and R4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R5, R6, and R7, independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl group, (iv) an alkylaryl group, (v) a halogen atom, (vi) an ester group, (vii) an amide group, (viii) a sulfone group, (ix) an amine group or ammonium group, (x) a nitrile group, (xi) a nitro group, (xii) a hydroxy group, (xiii) a cyano group, (xiv) a pyridine or pyridinium group, (xv) an ether group, (xvi) an aldehyde group, (xvii) a ketone group, (xviii) a carbonyl group, (xix) a thiocarbonyl group, (xx) a sulfate group, (xxi) a sulfide group, (xxii) a sulfoxide group, (xxiii) a phosphine or phosphonium group, (xxiv) a phosphate group, (xxv) a mercapto group, (xxvi) a nitroso group, (xxvii) on acyl group, (xxviii) an acid anhydride group, (xxix) an azide group, (xxx) an azo group, (xxxi) a cyanato group, (xxxii) an isocyanato group, (xxxiii) a thiocyanato group, (xxxiv) an isothiocyanato group, (xxxv) a urethane group, or (xxxvi) a urea group, wherein R5, R6, and R7 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure,
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00024
  • R[0029] 8, R9, and R10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R?+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 16, Q− is a COO− group or a SO3 − group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q− groups.
  • In general, phase change inks (sometimes referred to as “hot melt inks”) are in the solid phase at ambient temperature, but exist in the liquid phase at the elevated operating temperature of an ink jet printing device. At the jet operating temperature, droplets of liquid ink are ejected from the printing device and, when the ink droplets contact the surface of the recording substrate, either directly or via an intermediate heated transfer belt or drum, they quickly solidify to form a predetermined pattern of solidified ink drops. Phase change inks have also been used in other printing technologies, such as gravure printing, as disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,879 and German Patent Publications DE 4205636AL and DE 4205713AL, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference. [0030]
  • Phase change inks for color printing typically comprise a phase change ink carrier composition which is combined with a phase change ink compatible colorant. In a specific embodiment, a series of colored phase change inks can be formed by combining ink carrier compositions with compatible subtractive primary colorants. The subtractive primary colored phase change inks can comprise four component dyes, namely, cyan, magenta, yellow and black, although the inks are not limited to these four colors. These subtractive primary colored inks can be formed by using a single dye or a mixture of dyes. For example, magenta can be obtained by using a mixture of Solvent Red Dyes or a composite black can be obtained by mixing several dyes. U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,560, U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,761, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,372,852, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference, teach that the subtractive primary colorants employed can comprise dyes from the classes of Color Index (C.I.) Solvent Dyes, Disperse Dyes, modified Acid and Direct Dyes, and Basic Dyes. The colorants can also include pigments, as disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,221,335, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference. U.S. Pat. No. 5,621,022, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses the use of a specific class of polymeric dyes in phase change ink compositions. [0031]
  • Phase change inks have also been used for applications such-as postal marking, industrial marking, and labelling. [0032]
  • Phase change inks are desirable for ink jet printers because they remain in a solid phase at room temperature during shipping, long term storage, and the like. In addition, the problems associated with nozzle clogging as a result of ink evaporation with liquid ink jet inks are largely eliminated, thereby improving the reliability of the ink jet printing. Further, in phase change ink jet printers wherein the ink droplets are applied directly onto the final recording substrate (for example, paper, transparency material and the like), the droplets solidify immediately upon contact with the substrate, so that migration of ink along the printing medium is prevented and dot quality is improved. [0033]
  • Compositions suitable for use as phase change ink carrier compositions are known. Some representative examples of references disclosing such materials include U.S. Pat. No. 3,653,932, U.S. Pat. No. 4,390,369, U.S. Pat. No. 4,484,948, U.S. Pat. No. 4,684,956, U.S. Pat. No. 4,851,045, U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,560, U.S. Pat. No. 5,006,170, U.S. Pat. No. 5,151,120, U.S. Pat. No. 5,372,852, U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,879, European Patent Publication 0187352, European Patent Publication 0206286, German Patent Publication DE 4205636AL, German Patent Publication DE 4205713AL, and PCT Patent Application WO 94/04619, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference. Suitable carrier materials can include paraffins, microcrystalline waxes, polyethylene waxes, ester waxes, fatty acids and other waxy: materials, fatty amide containing materials, sulfonamide materials, resinous materials made from different natural sources (tall oil rosins and rosin esters, for example), and many synthetic resins, oligomers, polymers, and copolymers. [0034]
  • British Patent Publication GB 2 311 075 (Gregory et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a compound of the formula [0035]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00025
  • wherein X[0036] 1 is an ester group or an amide group (such as of a carboxylic or sulfonic acid) or a fatty amine salt of a sulfonic acid, each X2 independently is a substituent, m has a value of from 0 to 2, Y1 and Y2 are each independently H, alkyl, or halo, each Z independently is an ester or amide group, and A− is an anion. The compound is useful as a colorant for toners, D2T2 printing, plastics, polyesters, nylons, and inks, especially ink jet or hot melt inks.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. XV. Rhodamine Dyes with Hydroaromatic and Polymethylene Radicals,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0037] Zh. Organ. Khim. (1965), 1 (3), 584-6, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process wherein heating dichlorofluoran with ZnCl2—ZnO and the appropriate amine for 3 hours at 220° followed by treatment with aqueous HCl gave N,N′-dicyclohexylrhodamine-HCl, m. 180-5°, N,N′-di(tetramethylene)rhodamihe-HCl, decompd. 240°, N,N′-di(pentdmethylene)rhodamine-HCl, m. 205-100, N,N′-di(hexamethylene)rhodamine-HCl, decompd. 1750. These dyes gave yellow or orange fluorescence and their spectra were given.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. XI. Aryl- and Alkylrhodamines Containing Carboxyl Groups,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0038] Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1964), 34(6), 2041-4, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process wherein heating aminobenzoic acids with 3,6-dichlorofluoran in the presence of ZnCl2 for 6 hours at 24-500 gave after an aqueous treatment: N,N′-bis(o-carboxyphenyl)rhodamine-HCl; m-isomer-HCl; and p-isomer-HCl. A similar reaction with HCl salts of glycine, x-alanine, or β-alanine gave: N,N′-bis(carboxymethyl)rhodamine-HCl; N,N′-bis(α-carboxyethyl)rhodamine-HCl; and N,N′-bis(β-carboxyethyl)rhodamine-HCl. The latter group showed yellow-green fluorescence, lacking in the aryl derivatives. Spectra of the products are shown.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. X. Fluorescence of Solutions of Alkyl- and Arylalkylrhodamines,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0039] Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1964), 34(6), 2039-41, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses fluorescence spectra for the following rhodamines: N,N′-diethyl; N,N′-dibenzyl; N,N′-bis(β-phenylethyl); N,N′-bis(β-phenylisopropyl). In symmetrical substituted rhodamines, the entry of an alkyl or arylalkyl group into both amino residues resulted in the displacement of fluorescence max. toward longer wavelengths, a similar displacement of absorption and an increase in the quantum yield of fluorescence. In unsymmetrical derivatives, an aryl group entering one of the amino groups shifted the spectra to a greater degree in the same direction and sharply reduced the quantum yield of fluorescence.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. IX. Rhodamine B Sulfonic Acids and their Derivatives,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0040] Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1964), 34(2), 640-44, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses that heating m-Et2NC6H4OH and K β-sulfophthalate at 150° while concentrated H2SO4 was being added gave after 3 hours at 150-700, followed by heating with H2O 15 min., a residue, of crude sulforhodamine, purified by solution in hot aqueous Na2CO3 and precipitation with AcOH. The mixed isomeric rhodamine sulfonic acids refluxed 3 hours with 30% AcOH, clarified, and cooled gave a first isomer with Rf 0.74 on paper in aqueous-solution (pH 9) while the residue was the other isomer with Rf 0.98. The first isomer and PCl5 gave the sulfonyl chloride, isolated as HCl salt, red solid (from CHCl3-ligroine), which with NH3 in CHCl3 gave the sulfonamide, a violet powder. The two isomers and Rhodamine B had similar spectral characteristics. The two isomers probably contain the SO3H group in the 4- and 5-positions of the Ph ring of Rhodamine B. Their absorption and fluorescence spectra are shown. Their solutions in CHCl3 gave stronger fluorescence than those in Me2CO.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. VIII. Amides of Sulforhodamine B Containing β-Hydroxyethyl and β-Chloroethyl Groups,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0041] Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1963), 33(12), 394376, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses that sulforhodamine B chloride heated 10-12 hours with HOCH2CH2NH2 at 170-80°, then triturated with saturated NaCl gave, after solution in CHCl3 and precipitation with petroleum ether, 80% red sulforhodamine B N(β-hydroxyethyl)amide; similar reaction with HN(CH2CH2OH)2 gave 70% N,N-bis(β-hydroxyethyl)amide, a bright red wax. These treated with SOCl2 in CHCl3 gave, respectively, N—(β-chloroethyl)amide, a brown powder, and N,N-bis(β-chloroethyl)amide, a violet powder. Absorption spectra of the amides are shown. The (hydroxyethyl)amides displayed strong orange fluorescence in solution.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. VII. (β-Phenylethyl)rhodamines,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0042] Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1963), 33(4), 1089-92, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process wherein heating dichlorofluoran with PhCH2CH2NH2 or PhCH2CH(Me)NH2 in the presence of ZnO and ZnCl2 for 5-6 hours at 2200 gave, after heating for 2 hours with aqueous HCl, 96-8% crude products which, after crystallization from alc. HCl, gave red, powdery N,N′-bis(β-phenylethyl)rhodamine-HCl, m. 172-50, or N,N′-bis(α-methyl-β-phenylethyl)rhodamine-HCl, m. 1.75-80; N-phenyl-N′-(C-phenylethyl)rhodamine-HCl, m. 162-60, was prepared from PhCH2CH2NH2 and 3′-chloro-6′-anilinofluoran under the above conditions. Treated with alc. NaOH and quenched in H2O, these hydrochlorides gave the free bases of the dyes as brown-red solids, which tended to form colloids in aqueous medium. The free bases m. 123-5°, decompd. 120°, and m. 164-8°, respectively. The ultraviolet and visible spectra of the dyes were similar to the spectra of dibenzylrhodamine, but had deeper color; strong fluorescence, was shown by these dyes. The spectrum of the bis(β-phenylethyl)rhodamine was almost identical: with that of diethylrhodamine.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. VI. Chloride and Amides of Sulforhodamine, B,” 1. S. Ioffe et al., [0043] Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1962), 32, 1489-92, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses that sulforhodamine B (5 g., dried, at 1250) and 3 g. PCl5 heated in 50 milliliters CHCl3 for 4 hours, then extd. with cold H2O to remove excess PCl6, gave, after concentration of the dried organic layer and treatment of the residue with much cold petroleum ether, the dark red p-sulfonyl chloride, C27H29O6N2S2Cl, which slowly forms the original compound on contact with H2O. With NH3 in CHCl3 it gave the corresponding p-sulfonamide, 81%, red-violet powder, sol. in EtOH or AcOH; similarly was prepared the p-sulfonanilide, brown-violet solid. These have absorption spectra similar to the original compound but with less intense absorption. The p-sulfonyl chloride has a more intense absorption than the amides.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. V. α-Pyridylrhodamine,” 1. S. Ioffe et al., Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1962), 32, 1485-9, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process wherein heating 3,6-dichlorofluorane with 2-aminopyridine in the presence of ZnCl[0044] 2 for 3 hours at 160-800 gave, after extraction with hot H2O and EtOH and crystallization of the residue from aqueous Me2CO, 3-chloro-6-x-pyridylaminofluorane-HCl, m. 280-20; free base, m. 185-7°. This heated with 2-aminopyridine and ZnCl2 at 250-60° for 6 hours, then precipitated from hot EtOH—HCl with H2O, gave red N,N′-bis(α-pyridyl)rhodamine-HCl, m. 238-400, also formed directly from dichlorofluorane and excess aminopyridine at 250-60°. Similarly, 3-chloro-6-anilino-fluorane gave red-violet N-phenyl-N′-α-pyridylrhodamine-HCl, m. 225-300. All these were converted to N,N′-diphenylrhodamine by heating with PhNH2 and ZnCl2 for 3 hours at 180-2000. The absorption spectra of the products are shown; dipyridylrhodamine has a more intense color than other members of the group.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. IV. Aryl- and Benzylrhodamines,” I. S. Ioffe et al., Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1962), 32, 1480-5, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process wherein heating fluorescein chloride with ArNH[0045] 2 in the presence of ZnCl2—ZnO for 4 to 5 hours at 210-20° gave, after leaching with hot dil. HCl, soln. of the residue in hot PhNH2, and pptn. with dil. HCl, the following N,N′-diarylrhodamines which were isolated as HCl salts: Ph, m. 255-600; o-meC6H4, m. 205-100; m-meC6H4, m. 195-2000; p-meC6H4, m. 255-60°. PhCH2NH2 similarly gave N,N′-dibenzylrhodamine, m. 160-50; HCl salt decomp. 160-50; di-HCl salt decomp. 2100. PhCH2NH2 and 3-chloro-6-anilinofluorane gave 90-5% N-phenyl-N′-benzylrhodamine isolated as the HCl salt, m. 200-100. The absorption spectra of these rhodamines are shown. Dibenzylrhodamine fluoresces strongly in solution, while the phenyl benzyl analog has a weak fluorescence. The benzyl groups cause a bathochromic shift of the absorption band in the substituted rhodamines; the diarylrhodamines form blue-violet solutions unlike the orange-yellow produced by unsubstituted rhodamine. The di-HCl salt of dibenzylrhodamine loses one HCl in soln as shown by behavior in EtOH.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. III. Reaction of m-aminophenol With Phthalic Anhydride in Hot Sulfuric Acid,” I. S. Ioffe et al., Zh. Obsch. Khim. (1962), 32, 1477-80, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses that heating 25 g. of m-H[0046] 2C6H4OH with 20, g. o-C6H4(CO)20 in 100 milliliters concentrated H2SO4 at 160-200° for 2-8 hours was used to examine the effects of conditions of condensation on the reaction products. Rhodamine formation began at 170° and reached a max. (20%) in 2 hours at 190°. Rhodol was a constant byproduct as a result of partial deamination of rhodamine. The deamination is promoted by longer reaction time and higher temperatures. These factors also promoted the formation of a dark, amorphous material. o-Hydroxysulfanilic acid was formed in the reaction in up to 32% yield at 160° in 2 hours; more drastic conditions lowered its yield rapidly. Prior to the appearance of substantial amounts of rhodamine in the mixture, sulfonation of m-H2C6H4OH takes place, and the resulting compound appears to be the intermediate which reacts, with this compound forming rhodamine by displacement of the sulfonic acid group. This was confirmed by reaction of o-C6H4(CO)2O with o-hydroxysulfanilic acid under the conditions shown above. m-Aminosalicylic acid also yields the same products in a mixture similar to that formed by m-H2C6H4OH.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. XVIII. N,N′-Dialkylrhodamines with Long Chain Hydrocarbon Radicals,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0047] Zh. Organ. Khim. (1970), 6(2), 369-71, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process wherein the condensation of I (X=Cl) with RNH2 (R═C6H13, C8H17, C16H33, or C18H37) gave the title dyes. (I, X=NHR) (II). The presence of alkyl groups in 11 did not change their color in comparison with II. (R═H); all II absorbed strongly at 523-6 nm. However, long alkyl chains altered the hydrophobic properties of II as shown by the change of their partition coefficients in oil-alc. or kerosine-alc. systems with the length of R chain.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. XIX. Mutual Transformations of Colorless and Chlored Forms of N,N′-Substituted Rhodamine,” I. S. Ioffe et al., Zh. Organ. Khim. (1972), 8(8), 1726-9, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses that substituted rhodamines give colored solutions in polar and colorless solutions in nonpolar solvents. The solvent polarity at which the colorless lactone form is converted to the quinoid, internal salt form depends on the number and structure of alkyl, aryl, or H substituents. Absorption spectra of N,N′-diethylrhodamine in water-dioxane mixtures show how the light absorption increases when the solvent polarity (i.e., water amount in the mixture) is increased. [0048]
  • “Synthesis of N-Substituted Flaveosines, Acridine Analogs of Rhodamine Dyes,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0049] Zh. Org. Khim. (1966), 2(9), 1721, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses that o-(3,6-chloro-9-acridinyl)benzoic acid heated with BuNH2 or Bu2NH readily gave the hydrochlorides.
  • “Rhodamine Dyes and Related Compounds. XVII. Acridine Analogs of Rhodamine and Fluorescein,” I. S. Ioffe et al., [0050] Zh. Organ. Khim. (1966), 2(5), 927-31, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses absorption spectra for flaveosin, fluorescein, azafluorescein, their Et esters and diacetyl derivatives. Replacement of the xanthene structure by the acridine group changed the spectra of such dyes. Azafluorescein heated with PCl5 at 95-1000° gave o-(3,6-dichloro-9-acridinyl)-benzoic acid, decomp. >3000; its uv spectrum was similar to that of unsubstituted acridinylbenzoic acid. One of the flavebsin compounds heated with 25% H2SO4 in a sealed tube 10 hours at 200-20° gave azafluorescein, decomp. >3800; heated with EtOH—H2SO4 it gave one of the flaveosins, decomp. >3000 Ac2O—H2SO4 gave in 1 hour one of the flaveosins, decomp. 2060. The compound formed by treatment of 3,6-dichlorofluorane with NH3 was prepared. Its uv spectrum is given.
  • “New Lipophilic Rhodamines and Their Application to Optical Potassium Sensing,” T. Werner et al., [0051] Journal of Fluorescence, Vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 93798 (1992), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses' the synthesis of new lipophilic fluorescent rhodamines directly from 3,6-dichlorofluoresceins and the respective long-chain amines with excellent solubility in lipids and lipophilic membranes. Spectrophotomenric and luminescent properties of the dyes are reported and discussed with respect to their application in new optical ion sensors. One rhodamine was applied in a polyvinyl chloride)-based sensor membrane for continuous and sensitive optical determination of potassium ion, using valinomycin as the neutral ion carrier.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 1,991,482 (Allemann), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a process of producing rhodamine dyes which comprises condensing a halogenated primary amine of: the benzene series with fluorescein dichloride and sulfonating the condensed product. [0052]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,162 (Lee et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a class of 4,7-dichlororhodamia ne compounds useful as fluorescent dyes having the structure [0053]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00026
  • wherein R[0054] 1-R6 are hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, lower alkyl lower alkene, lower alkyne, sulfonate, sulfone, amino, amido, nitrile, lower alkoxy, lining group, or combinations thereof or, when taken together, R1 and R6 is benzo, or, when taken together, R4 and R5 is benzo; Y1-Y4 are hydrogen or lower alkyl or, when taken together, Y, and R2 is propano and Y2 and R1 is propano, or, when taken together, Y3 and R3 is propano and Y4 and R4 is propano; and X1-X3 taken separately are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, chlorine, fluorine, lower alkyl carboxylate, sulfonic acid, —CH2OH, and linking group. In another aspect, the invention includes reagents labeled with the 4,7-dichlororhodamine dye compounds, including deoxynucleotides, dideoxynucleotides, and polynucleotides. In an additional aspect, the invention includes methods utilizing such dye compounds and reagents including dideoxy polynucleotide sequencing and fragment analysis methods.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,935,059 (Mayer et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses basic rhodamine dyes suitable for use in recording fluids for the ink jet process and for coloring paper stock having the formula [0055]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00027
  • where L is C[0056] 2-C10-alkylene, R1, R2, and R3 are each independently of the others hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10-alkyl or C5-C7-cycloalkyl or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom linking them together are a hetero cyclic radical, An is one equivalent of an anion and m and n are each independently of the other 0 or 1.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,647,675 (Mayer et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses compounds of the general formula [0057]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00028
  • where A[0058] − is an anion, R is hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, R1 and R2 independently of one another are each hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, or one of the radicals may furthermore be aryl, or R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen atom, form a saturated heterocyclic structure, the radicals R3 independently of one another are each hydrogen or C1-C4-alkyl, R4 and R5 independently of one another are each unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, or one of the radicals may furthermore be hydrogen, aryl or hetaryl, R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen atom, form a saturated heterocyclic structure, n is 1, 2 or 3, X is hydrogen, chlorine, bromine, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy or nitro and Y is hydrogen or chlorine, are particularly useful for dyeing paper stocks.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 1,981,515 (Kyrides), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses intermediates for rhodamine dyestuffs. [0059]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 1,981,516 (Kyrides), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses intermediates for secondary alkylated rhodamine dyes. [0060]
  • British Patent Publication GB 421 737, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses dyes of the rhodamine series which are prepared by condensing naphthalene-2:3-dicarboxylic acid with a m-aminophenol in which the nitrogen group is substituted by one or two alkyl groups, the products, if desired, being sulphonated. The unsulphonated products may be used as lake colouring matters whilst the sulphonated dyes are acid wool dyes. In examples, (1) naphthalene-2:3-dicarboxylic acid is condensed with diethyl-m-aminophenol in the presence of zinc chloride giving a product which dyes tannin-mordanted cotton in the same shade as Rhodamine B and a sulphonated product which dyes wool bluish-red shades; (2) monoethyl-m-aminophenol is used instead of the diethyl-m-aminophenol in example (1), yielding a dye, which when sulphonated dyes wool red-orange shades; (3) 2-ethylamino-p-cresol replaces the diethyl-m-aminophenol in example (1), yielding a dye dyeing and printing tannin-mordanted cotton in shades similar to Rhodamine 69BS and when sulphonated dyeing wool red. [0061]
  • Japanese Patent Publication JP 61221265, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses rhodamine compounds of formula I [0062]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00029
  • wherein R[0063] 1, R3 are each lower alkyl; R2 is lower alkyl, 10C or higher long-chain alkyl; R4 is 10C or higher long-chain alkyl; X− is an anion, or squarylium compounds of formula II
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00030
  • wherein R[0064] 2 is 10C or higher long-chain alkyl. Example: 3,6-(N,N′-diethyl-N,N′-dioctadecyl) diamino-9-(2-carboxyphenyl) xanthilium perchlorate. Use: materials for molecular electronics, which are suitable for use as materials for photoelectric converter, optical memory, etc. Preparation: 2-(4-N,N′-diethylamino-2-hydroxybenzoyl)-benzoic acid, which is a condensate between N-ethyl-N-octadecyl-m-hydroxyaniline and phthalic anhydride, is reacted with. N-ethyl-N-octadecyl-m-hydroxyaniline to obtain the compound of formula I. 3-HOC6H4N(Et)(CH2)17Me and phthalic anhydride were heated at 150° for 4 hours, treated with aqueous NH3, and the amorphous intermediate mixed with aqueous HClO4 forming a compound of formula I (R═R2=Et; R1═R3═C18H37; X═ClO4), having λmax (MeOH) 550 nm.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,084,099 (Jaeger et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses modified phase change ink compatible colorants which comprise a phase change ink soluble complex of (a) a tertiary alkyl primary amine and (b) dye chromophores, i.e., materials that absorb light in the visible wavelength region to produce color having at least one pendant acid functional. group in the free acid form (not the salt of that acid). These modified colorants are extremely useful in producing phase change inks when combined with a phase change ink carrier, even though the unmodified dye chromophores have limited solubility in the phase change ink carrier. Thin films of uniform thickness of the subject phase change ink compositions which employ the modified phase change ink colorants exhibit a high degree of lightness and chroma. The primary amine-dye chromophore complexes are soluble in the phase change ink carrier and exhibit excellent thermal stability. [0065]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,507,864 (Jaeger et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a phase change ink composition that includes a combination of different dye types such as an anthraquinone dye and a xanthene dye, which is most preferably a rhodamine dye. While each dye type is insufficiently soluble with respect to favored carrier compositions to preserve color saturation in reduced ink quantity prints, the dye type combination permits increased dye loading and maintains print quality. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, a favored carrier composition is adjusted to promote the colored form of a preferred rhodamine dye (C.I. Solvent Red 49) and mixed with a preferred anthraquinone dye (C.I. Solvent Red. 172) whose concentration is kept below a critical level to prevent post printed blooming. The resulting preferred phase change ink compositions provide a magenta phase change-ink with enhanced light fastness and color saturation, as well as good compatibility with preferred existing subtractive primary color phase change inks. [0066]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,621,022 (Jaeger et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a phase change ink composition wherein the ink composition utilizes polymeric dyes in combination with a selected phase change ink carrier composition. [0067]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,747,554 (Sacripante et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses an ink composition comprising a polyesterified-dye (I) or polyurethane-dye (II) with a viscosity of from about 3 centipoise to about 20 centipoise at a temperature of from about 125° C. to about 165° C. and represented by the formulas [0068]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00031
  • wherein A is an organic chromophore, Y is an oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene), R is an arylene or alkylene, n represents the number of repeating segments, and is an integer of from about 2 to about 50, and p represents the number of chains per chromophore and is an integer of from about 1 to about 6. [0069]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,902,841 (Jaeger et al.), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses a phase change ink composition wherein the ink composition utilizes colorant in combination with a selected phase change ink carrier composition containing at least one hydroxy-functional fatty amide compound. [0070]
  • European Patent Publication 0565 798 (Shustack), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, discloses ultraviolet radiation-curable primary and secondary coating compositions for optical fibers., The primary coatings comprise a hydrocarbon polyol-based reactively terminated aliphatic urethane oligomer; a hydrocarbon-monomer terminated with at least one end group capable of reacting with the terminus of the oligomer; and an optional photoinitiator. The secondary coatings comprise a polyester and/or polyether-based aliphatic urethane reactively terminated oligomer; a hydrocarbonaceous viscosity-adjusting component capable of reacting with the reactive terminus of (I); and an optional photoinitiator. Also disclosed are optical fibers coated with the secondary coating alone or with the primary and secondary coatings of the invention. [0071]
  • While known compositions and processes are-suitable for their intended purposes, a need remains for new magenta colorant compositions. In addition, a need remains for magenta colorant compositions particularly suitable for use in phase change inks. Further, a need remains for magenta colorants with desirable thermal stability. Additionally, a need remains for magenta colorants that exhibit minimal undesirable discoloration when exposed to elevated temperatures. There is also a need for magenta colorants that exhibit a desirable brilliance. In addition, there is a need for magenta colorants that exhibit a desirable hue. Further, there is a need for magenta colorants that are of desirable chroma. Additionally, there is a need for magenta colorants that have desirably high lightfastness characteristics. A need also remains for magenta colorants that have a desirably pleasing color. In addition, a need remains for magenta colorants that exhibit desirable solubility characteristics in phase change ink carrier compositions. Further, a need remains for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks to be jetted at temperatures of over 135° C. while maintaining thermal stability. Additionally, a need remains for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images with low pile height. There is also a need for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images that approach lithographic thin image quality. In addition, there is a need for magenta colorants that exhibit oxidative stability. Further, there is a need for magenta colorants that do not precipitate from phase change ink carriers. Additionally, there is a need for magenta colorants that do not, when included in phase change inks, diffuse into adjacently printed inks of different colors. A need also remains for magenta colorants that do not leach from media such as phase change ink carriers into tape adhesives, paper, or the like. In addition, a need remains for magenta colorants that, when incorporated into phase change inks, do not lead to clogging of a phase change ink jet printhead. Further, there is a need for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images with sharp edges that remain sharp over time. Additionally, there is a need for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images which retain their high image quality in warm climates. Further, there is a need for magenta colorants that enable phase change inks that generate images of desirably high optical density. Additionally, there is a need for magenta colorants that, because of their good solubility in phase change ink carriers, enable the generation of images of low pile height without the loss of desirably high optical density. A need also remains for magenta colorants that enable cost-effective inks. In addition, a need remains for magenta colorants that are compounds having metal compounds associated with chromogens, wherein the thermal stability of the metal compound colorants exceeds that of the chromogens unassociated with a metal. [0072]
    • SUMMARY
  • The present invention is directed to a phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula [0073]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00032
  • wherein M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two [0074]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00033
  • chromogen moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two [0075]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00034
  • chromogen moieties, z is an integer representing the number of [0076]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00035
  • chromogen moieties associated with the metal and is at least 2, R[0077] 1, R2, R3, and R4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R1 and R2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R3 and R4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R5, R6, and R7, independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl group, (iv), an alkylaryl group, (v) a halogen atom, (vi) an ester group, (vii) an amide group, (viii) a sulfone group, (ix) an amine group or ammonium group, (x) a nitrile group, (xi) a nitro group, (xii) a hydroxy group, (xiii) a cyano group, (xiv) a pyridine or pyridinium group, (xv) an ether group, (xvi) an aldehyde group, (xvii) a ketone group, (xviii) a carbonyl group, (xix) a thiocarbonyl group, (xx) a sulfate group, (xxi) a sulfide group, (xxii) a sulfoxide group, (xxiii) a phosphine or phosphonium group, (xxiv) a phosphate group, (xxv) a mercapto group, (xxvi) a nitroso group, (xxvii) an acyl group, (xxviii) an acid anhydride group, (xxix) an azide group, (xxx) an azo group, (xxxi) a cyanato group, (xxxii) an isocyanato group, (xxxiii) a thiocyanato group, (xxxiv) an isothiocyanato group, (xxxv) a urethane group, or (xxxvi) a urea group, wherein R5, R6, and R7 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure,
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00036
  • R[0078] 8, R9, and R10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 16, Q− is a COO− group or a SO3— group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q− groups.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The present invention is directed to phase change inks containing colorant compounds of the formula [0079]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00037
  • wherein M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two [0080]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00038
  • chromogen moieties, or (2) a: metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound, with at least two [0081]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00039
  • chromogen moieties, and z is an integer representing the number of [0082]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00040
  • chromogen moieties associated with the metal and is at least 2. There is no necessary upper limit on the value of z. [0083]
  • Examples of metal cations having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2 include +2, +3, +4, and higher cations of magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, radium, aluminum, gallium, germanium, indium, tin, antimony, tellurium, thallium, lead, bismuth, polonium, scandium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, zirconium, niobium molybdenum, technetium, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, cadmium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, rhenium, osmium, iridium, platinum, gold, mercury, metals of the lanthamide series, such as europium and the like, metals of the actinide series, and the like. [0084]
  • Examples of Metal-Containing Moieties Include: [0085]
  • metal ionic moieties, such as Me[0086] 3+X− wherein Me represents a trivalent metal atom and X represents a monovalent anion, such as Cl−, Br−, I−, HSO4 −, HSO3 −, CH3SO3 −, CH3C6H4SO3 −, NO3 −, HCOO−, CH3COO−, H2PO4 −, SCN−, BF4 −, ClO4 −, SSO3 −, PF6 −, SbCl6 −, or the like, or Me4+X− or Me4+X− or Me4+X2 − wherein Me represents a tetravalent metal atom, X represents a monovalent anion, and X2 represents 2 monovalent anions, Me4+X2 − wherein Me represents a tetravalent metal atom and X2 − represents a divalent anion, and the like;
  • metal coordination compounds, wherein metals such as magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, radium, aluminum, gallium, germanium, indium, tin, antimony, tellurium, thallium, lead, bismuth, polonium, scandium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, zirconium, niobium molybdenum, technetium, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, cadmium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, rhenium, osmium, iridium, platinum, gold, mercury, metals of the lanthamide series, such as europium and the like, metals of the actinide series, and the like are associated with one or more ligands, such as carbonyl (carbon monoxide) ligands, ferrocene ligands, halide ligands, such as fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, or the like, amine ligands of the formula [0087]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00041
  • wherein R[0088] 51, R52, and R53 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a halogen atom, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, or the like, (iii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iv) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 26 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 22 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (v) an arylalkyl group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkyl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, or (vi) an alkylaryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaryl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or the like, wherein, one or more of R51, R52, and R53 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein the substituents on the substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, and alkylaryl groups can be (but are not limited to) hydroxy groups, halogen a atoms, amine groups, imine groups, ammonium groups, cyano groups, pyridine groups, pyridinium groups, ether groups, aldehyde groups, ketone groups, ester groups, amide groups, carbonyl groups, thiocarbonyl groups, sulfate groups, sulfonate groups, sulfonic acid groups, sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, phosphine groups, phosphonium groups, phosphate groups, nitrile groups, mercapto groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, sulfone groups, acyl groups, acid anhydride groups, azide groups, azo groups, cyanato groups, isocyanato groups, thiocyanato groups, isothiocyanato groups, carboxylate groups, carboxylic acid groups, urethane groups, urea groups, mixtures thereof, and the like, wherein two or more substituents can be joined together to form a ring, with specific examples of suitable amine ligands including ammonia, trimethylamine, ethylenediamine, bipyridine, and the like, phosphine ligands of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00042
  • wherein R[0089] 61, R62, and R63 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii)a halogen atom, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, or the like, (iii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iv) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 26 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 22 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (v) an arylalkyl group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkyl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may hot be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, (vi) an alkylaryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaryl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or the like, (vii) an alkoxy group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkoxy groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkoxy group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon-atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (viii) an aryloxy group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryloxy groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryloxy group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 26 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 22 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (ix) an arylalkyloxy group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkyloxy groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyloxy group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyloxy group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyloxy or the like, or (x) an alkylaryloxy group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaryloxy groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryloxy group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryloxy group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyloxy or the like, wherein one or more of R61; R62, and R63 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein the substituents on the substituted alkyl, alkoxy, cryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylaryl, and alkylaryloxy groups can be (but are not limited to) hydroxy groups, halogen atoms, amine groups, imine groups, ammonium groups, cyano groups, pyridine groups, pyridinium groups, ether groups, aldehyde groups, ketone groups, ester groups, amide groups, carbonyl groups, thiocarbonyl groups, sulfate groups, sultanate groups, sulfonic acid groups, sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, phosphine groups, phosphonium groups, phosphate, groups, nitrile groups, mercapto groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, sulfone groups, acyl groups, acid anhydride groups, azide groups, azo groups, cyanato groups, isocyanato groups, thiocyanato groups, isothiocyanato groups, carboxylate groups, carboxylic acid groups, urethane groups, urea groups, mixtures thereof, and the like, wherein two or more substituents can be joined together to form a ring, with specific examples of suitable phosphine ligands including phosphine, trifluorophosphine, trichlorophosphine, trimethylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, trethoxyphosphine, and the like, water ligands, cyano ligands, isocyano ligands, hydroxide anions, nitro ligands, nitrito ligands, thiocyanato ligands, nitric oxide ligands, and the like; including monodentate ligands, bidentate ligands, tridentate ligands, tetradentate ligands, pentadentate ligands, hexadentate ligands (such as ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid), bridging ligands joining two or more metal atoms in a complex, crown ether ligands, and the like; a wide variety of ligands and metal complexes are disclosed in, for example, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Fourth Edition, F. A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson, John Wiley & Sons (1980), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference;
  • heteropblyacids, also known as polyoxometalates, which are acids comprising inorganic metal-oxygen clusters; these materials are discussed in, for example, “Polyoxometalate Chemistry: An Old Field with New Dimensions in Several Disciplines,” M. T. Pope et al., [0090] Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., Vol. 30, p. 34 (1991), the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference; examples of heteropolyacids include phosphotungstic acids, including (but not limited to) those of the general formula H3PO4.12WO3.XH2O (wherein X is variable, with common values including (but not being limited to) 12, 24, or the like), silicotungstic acids, including (but not limited to) those of the general formula H4SiO2.12WO3XH2O (wherein X is variable, with common values including (but not being limited to) 12, 24, 26, or the like), phosphomolybdic acids, including (but not limited to) those of the general formula 12MoO3H3PO4.XH2O (wherein X is variable, with common values including (but not being limited to) 12, 24, 26, or the like) and the like, all commercially available from, for example, Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis., as well as mixtures thereof;
  • and any other metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two [0091]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00043
  • moieties. [0092]
  • By “capable of forming a compound with at least two [0093]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00044
  • chromogen moieties” His meant that the metal cation or metal-containing moiety can react with two or more [0094]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00045
  • chromogen moieties to form a compound. Any kind of association between the [0095]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00046
  • chromogen moiety and the metal cation or metal-containing moiety to form a compound is suitable, including ionic compounds, covalent compounds, coordination compounds, and the like. [0096]
  • R[0097] 1, R2, R3, and R4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 10 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 14 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 26 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 22 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iv) an arylalkyl group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkyl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, or (v) an alkylaryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaryl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in on e embodiment with no more than about 51 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or, the like, wherein R1 and R2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R3 and R4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R5, R6, and R7, independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 50 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (ii) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 0.55 carbon tom, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an arylalkyl group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkyl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no m ore than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, (iv) an alkylaryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaryl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or the like, (v) a halogen atom, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, or the like, (vi) an ester group, (vii) an amide group, (viii) a sulfone group, (ix) an amine group or ammonium group, (xi) a nitro group, (xii) a hydroxy group, (xiii) a cyano group, (xiv) a pyridine or pyridinium group, (xv) an ether group, (xvi) an aldehyde group, (xvii) a ketone group, (xviii) a carbonyl group, (xix) a thiocarbonyl group, (xx) a sulfate group, (xxi) a sulfide group, (xxii) a sulfoxide group, (xxiii) a phosphine or phosphonium group, (xxiv) a phosphate group, (xxv) a mercapto group, (xxvi) a nitroso group, (xxvii) an acyl group, (xxviii) an acid anhydride group, (xxix) an azide group, (xxx) an azo group, (xxxi) a cyanato group, (xxxii) an isocyanato group, (xxxiii) a thiocyanato group, (xxxiv) an isothiocyanato group, (xxxv) a urethane group, or (xxxvi) a urea group, wherein R5, R6, and R7 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure,
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00047
  • R[0098] 8, R9, and R10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in ane embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 10 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 14 carbon atoms; and in one embodiment with no more than about 26 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 22 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iv) an arylalkyl group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkyl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in; either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, Land in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, or (v) an alkylaryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaryl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or the like, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is in one embodiment at least about 16, in another embodiment at least about 18, in yet another embodiment at least about 20, in still another embodiment at least about 22, in another embodiment at least about 24, in yet another embodiment at least about 26, in still another embodiment at least about 28, in another embodiment at least about 30, in yet another embodiment at least about 32, in still another embodiment at least about: 34, in another embodiment at least about 36, in yet another embodiment at least about 38, in still another embodiment at least about 40, in another embodiment at least about 42, in yet another embodiment at least about 44, in still another embodiment at least about 46, in another embodiment at least about 48, in yet another embodiment at least about 50, in still another embodiment at least about 52, in another embodiment at least about 54, in yet another embodiment at least about 56, in still another embodiment at least; about 58, in another embodiment at least about 60, in yet another embodiment at least about 62, in still another embodiment at least about 64, in another embodiment at least about 66, in yet another embodiment at least about 68, in still another embodiment at least about 70, and in another embodiment at least about 72, each Q−, independently of the others, is a COO− group or a SO3 − group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, with examples of suitable anions including (but not being limited to) Cl−, Br−, I−, HSO4 −, HSO3 −, ½ SO4 2 −, ½ SO32 −; CH3SO3 −, CH3C6H4SO3 −, NO3 −, HCOO−, CH3COO−, H2PO4 −, ½ HPO42−, SCN−, BF4 −, ClO4 −, SSO3 −, PF6 −, SbCl6 −, or the like, as well as mixtures thereof, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q− groups, with examples of suitable cations including (but not being limited to) alkali metal cations, such as Li+, Na+, K+, Rb+, and Cs+, nonpolymeric or monomeric ammonium and quaternary amine cations, including those of the general formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00048
  • wherein each of R[0099] 21, R22, R23, and R24, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 10 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 14 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 26 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 22 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iv) an arylalkyl group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkyl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no-more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, or (v) an alkylaryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaryl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or the like, wherein one or more of R21, R22, R23, and R24 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein the substituents on the substituted alkyl, aryl arylalkyl, and alkylaryl groups can be (but are not limited to) hydroxy groups, halogen atoms, amine groups, imine groups, ammonium groups, cyano groups, pyridine groups, pyridinium groups, ether groups, aldehyde groups, ketone groups, ester groups, amide groups, carbonyl groups, thiocarbonyl groups, sulfate groups, sultfonate groups, sulfonic acid groups, sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, phosphine groups, phosphonium groups, phosphate groups, nitrile groups, mercapto groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, sulfone groups, acyl groups, acid anhydride groups, azide groups, azo groups, cyanato groups, isocyanato groups, thiocyanato groups, isothiocyanato groups, carboxylate groups, carboxylic acid groups, urethane groups, urea groups, mixtures thereof, and the like, wherein two or more substituents can be joined together to form a ring, oligomeric and polymeric cations, such as cationic polymers or oligomers, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • In situations wherein [0100]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00049
  • and either (i) one of the R[0101] 7 groups is in the ortho position and is either an ester based on a carboxylic acid, an ester based on a sulfonic acid, an amide based on a carboxylic acid, or an amide based on a sulfonic acid, or (ii) one of the Q− groups is a sulfonate salt, i.e., when the chromogen is of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00050
  • wherein R[0102] 12 R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 each independently of the other, is (i) an alkyl group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkyl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkyl group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, and in one embodiment with no more than about 50 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (ii) an aryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the aryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an aryldlkyl group (including unsubstituted and substituted aryllkyl groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the arylalkyl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, or (iv) an alkylaryl group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylaro groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylaryl group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylaryl group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or the like, wherein the substituents on the substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, and alkylaryl groups can be (but are not limited to) hydroxy groups, halogen atoms, amine groups, imine groups, ammonium groups, cyano groups, pyridine groups, pyridinium groups, ether groups, aldehyde groups, ketone groups, ester groups, amide groups, carbonyl groups, thiocarbonyl groups, sulfate groups, sulfonate groups, sulfonic acid groups, sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, phosphine groups, phosphonium groups, phosphate groups, nitrile groups, mercapto groups, nitro groups; nitroso groups, sulfone groups, acyl groups, acid anhydride groups, azide groups, azo groups, cyanato groups, isocyanato groups, thiocyanato groups, isothiocyanato groups, carboxylate groups, carboxylic acid groups, urethane groups, urea groups, mixtures thereof, and the like, wherein two or more substituents can be joined together to form a ring, in one specific embodiment, (I) either (a) c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, or (b) d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, or 4, and (II) either (a) three of R1, R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen atoms; (b) only one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is a hydrogen atom; (c) R1 and R2 are both hydrogen atoms; (d) R3 and R4 are both hydrogen atoms; or (e) R1 and R3 are both hydrogen atoms and R2 and R4 are each, independently of the other, either alkyl groups or arylalkyl groups.
  • In one embodiment, the number of carbon atoms in R[0103] 1+R2+R3+R4 is at least about 16, in another embodiment at least about 18, in yet another embodiment at least about 20, in still another embodiment at least about 22, in another embodiment at least about 24, in yet another embodiment at least about 26, in still another embodiment at least about 28, in another embodiment at least about; 30, in yet another embodiment at least about 32, in still another embodiment at least about 34, in another embodiment at least-about 36, in yet another embodiment at least about 38, in still another embodiment at least about 40, in another embodiment at least about 42, in yet another embodiment at least about 44, in still another embodiment at least about 46, in another embodiment at least about 48, in yet another embodiment at least about 50, in still another embodiment at least about 52, in another embodiment at least about 54, in: yet another embodiment at least about 56, in still another embodiment at least about 58, in another embodiment at least about 60, in yet another embodiment at least about 62, in still another embodiment at least about 64, in another embodiment at least about 66, in yet another embodiment at least about 68, in still another embodiment at least about 70, and in another embodiment at least about 72.
  • Since hetero atoms can be included in the alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, and alkylaryl groups, and since the groups can be substituted, it is to be understood that R[0104] 1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 can also be groups such as alkoxy, polyalkyleneoxy, aryloxy, polyaryleneoxy, arylalkyloxy, polyarylalkyleneoxy, alkylaryloxy, or polyalkylaryleneoxy groups, provided that the oxygen atom in such a group is not directly bonded to a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom in the
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00051
  • central structure. [0105]
  • Examples of situations wherein one of the R[0106] 1-4 groups is a cycloalkyl is when
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00052
  • Examples of situations wherein the R[0107] 1-4 groups are joined together to form a ring are when
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00053
  • Examples of situations wherein one of the, R[0108] 1-4 groups is joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure is when
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00054
  • Compounds for the inks of the present invention include those wherein the chromogen is a monocarboxylic acid or a monocarboxylate, wherein [0109]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00055
  • a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylate, wherein [0110]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00056
  • tricdrboxylic acids and tricarboxylates, tetracarboxylic acids and tetracarboxylates, pentacarboxylic acids and pentacarboxylates, monosulfonic acids and monosulfonates, wherein [0111]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00057
  • disulfonic acids and disulfonates, wherein [0112]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00058
  • SO[0113] 3 trisulfonic acids and trisulfonates, fetrasulfonic acids and tetrasulfonates, pentasulfonic acids and pentasulfonates, monocarboxylic acid monosulfonic acids and monocarboxylate monosulfonates, wherein
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00059
  • monocarboxylic acid disulfonic acids and monocarboxylate disulfonates, monocarboxylic acid trisulfonic acids and monocarboxylate trisulfonates, monocarboxylic acid tetrasulfonic acids and monocarboxylate tetrasulfonates, dicarboxylic acid monosulfonic acids and dicarboxylate monosulfonates, dicarboxylic acid disulfonic acids and dicarboxylate disulfonates, dicarboxylic acid trisulfonic acids and dicarboxylate trisulfonates, tricarboxylic acid monosulfonic acids and tricarboxylate monosulfonates, tricarboxylic acid disulfonic acids and tricarboxylate disulfonates, tetracarboxylic acid monosulfonic acids and tetracarboxylate monosulfonates, and the like. In addition, it is possible for a compound according to the present invention to have both one or more acid groups (i.e., COOH or SO[0114] 3H) and one or more anionic salt groups (i.e., COO− or SO3 −) present in the molecule.
  • Colorant compounds suitable for inks according to the present invention include rhodamines, wherein [0115]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00060
  • wherein the chromogen is of the general formula [0116]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00061
  • acridines, wherein [0117]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00062
  • wherein the chromogen is of the general formula [0118]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00063
  • sulforhodamines, wherein [0119]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00064
  • wherein the chromogen is of the general formula [0120]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00065
  • anthracenes, wherein [0121]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00066
  • wherein the chromogen is of the general formula [0122]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00067
  • and the like. [0123]
  • In a specific embodiment, the anion A can be an organic dianion of the formula A[0124] 1-R11-A2 wherein A1 and, A2 each, independently of the other, are anionic groups, such as carboxylate, sulfonate, or the like, and wherein R11 is (i) an alkylene group (including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, cyclic, substituted, and unsubstituted alkylene groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the alkylene group), in one embodiment with at least 1 carbon atom, in another embodiment with at least about 2 carbon atoms, in yet another embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with a t least about 8 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (ii) an arylene group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylene groups, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in the arylene group), in one embodiment with at least about 6 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 10 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with at least about 14 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 26 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 22 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 18 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, (iii) an arylalkylene group (including unsubstituted and substituted arylalkylene groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the arylalkylene group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the drylalkylene group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms and in yet another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 30 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as benzyl or the like, or (iv) an alkylarylene group (including unsubstituted and substituted alkylarylene groups, wherein the alkyl portion of the alkylarylene group can be linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and/or cyclic, and wherein hetero atoms, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and the like either may or may not be present in either or both of the alkyl portion and the aryl portion of the alkylarylene group), in one embodiment with at least about 7 carbon atoms, in another embodiment with at least about 12 carbon atoms, and in yet: another embodiment with at least about 18 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment with no more than about 55 carbon, atoms, in another embodiment with no more than about 35 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment with no more than about 20 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges, such as tolyl or the like, and wherein the substituents on the substituted alkylene, arylene, arylalkylene, and alkylarylene groups can be (but are not limited to) hydroxy groups, halogen atoms, amine groups, imine groups, ammonium groups, cyano groups, pyridine groups, pyridinium groups, ether groups, aldehyde groups, ketone groups, ester groups, amide groups, carbonyl groups, thiocarbonyl groups, sulfate groups, sulfonate groups, sulfonic acid groups, sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, phosphine groups, phosphonium groups, phosphate groups, nitrile groups, mercapto groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, sulfone groups, acyl groups, acid anhydride groups, azide groups, azo groups, cyanato groups, isocyanato groups, thiocyanato groups, isothiocyanato groups, carboxylate groups, carboxylic acid groups, urethane groups, urea groups, mixtures thereof, and the like, wherein two or more substituents can be joined together to form a ring. Examples of suitable organic dianions include unsubstituted and substituted naphthalene disulfonates, unsubstituted and substituted benzene disulfonates, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • In another specific embodiment, the anion A can be an orgdnic trianion, tetraanion, and higher, an, oligomeric and polymeric anion, such as a polysulfonate or polycarboxylate, or the like. [0125]
  • In one specific embodiment, the chromogen for the colorant compounds for the inks according to the present invention is of the formula [0126]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00068
  • It is to be understood that in chromogens of the formula [0127]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00069
  • the positive charge is delocalized, and that other tautomeric structures can be drawn, including (but not limited to) [0128]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00070
  • and the like. It is to be understood that all possible tautomeric forms of these colorants are included within the above formulae. [0129]
  • In one specific embodiment, the compounds in the inks of the present invention are of the general formula [0130]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00071
  • wherein M is a metal cation, y is an integer representing the charge on the metal cation and is at least 2, A is an anion, and x is an integer representing the charge on the anion. [0131]
  • Colorant compounds for inks of the present invention can be prepared by any desired or effective procedure. Preparation of the chromogen will be discussed first. By “chromogen” is meant the [0132]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00072
  • component of the metal compound which is later reacted with the metal cation or metal containing moiety to form the colorant of the present invention. For example, a dihalofluorescein, such as dichlorofluorescein or the like, can be admixed with one or more amines having the desired R[0133] 1, R2, R3, and R4 groups thereon, an optional zinc halide, such as zinc chloride or the like, and an optional normucleophilic base, such as calcium oxide, zinc oxide, or the like, either neat or, optionally, in the presence of a solvent.
  • The amine and the dihalofluorescein are present in any desired or effective relative amounts, tin one embodiment at least about 0.9 mole of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment at least about 0.95 mole of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment at least about 1 mole of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 20 moles of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about 10 moles of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 2 moles of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges. [0134]
  • Dichlorofluorescein is commercially available from, for, example, Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis. Dihalofluoresceins can also be prepared by the reaction of fluorescein with PX[0135] 5 wherein X is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, or with a toluenesulfonylhalide, such as toluenesulfonylchloride or the like.
  • When an optional zinc halide is used, the dihalofluorescein and the zinc halide are present in any desired or effective relative amounts, in one embodiment at least about 2 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment at least about 2.5 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and yet in another embodiment at least about 3 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 5 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about 4.5 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihaloflubrescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 4 moles of zinc halide per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges. [0136]
  • When an optional base is used, the base is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 2 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein (i.e., about 2 moles of monobasic base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, about 1 mole of dibasic base, such as calcium oxide, per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and the like), in another embodiment at least about 2.5 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and yet in another embodiment at least about 3 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 10 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about 5 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 3.2 equivalents of base per every one mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges. [0137]
  • If desired, the reaction can be run neat, in the absence of a solvent. In addition, if desired, the reaction can be run in the presence of an optional solvent. Examples of suitable solvents include tetramethylene sulfone (sulfolane), N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, octanol, or the like, as well as mixtures thereof. When present, the optional solvent is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 11 liter per every 0.1 mole of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.3 mole of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.35 mole of dihalofluorescein, and in one embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 2 moles of dihalofluorescein, in another embodiment no more than about liter per every 1.5 moles of dihalofluorescein, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 1 mole of dihalofluorescein, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges. [0138]
  • The mixture of dihalofluorescein, amine, optional zinc halide, optional base, and optional solvent is then heated to any effective temperature, in one embodiment at least about 62° C., in another embodiment at least about 150° C., and in yet another embodiment at least about 190° C., and in one embodiment no more than about 28° C., in another embodiment no more than about 220° C., and in yet another embodiment no more than about 200° C., although the temperature can be outside of these ranges. [0139]
  • The mixture of dihalofluorescein, amine, optional zinc halide, optional base, and optional solvent is heated for any effective period of time, in one embodiment at least about 5 minutes, in another embodiment at least about 2 hours, and in yet another embodiment at least about 3 hours, and in one embodiment no more than about 4 days, in another embodiment no more than about 60 hours, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 40 hours, although the time can be outside of these ranges. [0140]
  • If desired, the resulting chromogen product can be purified by pouring the reaction mixture into an organic non-water-soluble and non-water-miscible solvent in which the product is soluble or miscible and in which undesirable salt byproducts are not soluble, such as methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, hexane, heptane, or the like, followed by admixing the solvent containing the product with water in a separatory funnel and separating the aqueous and organic phases. [0141]
  • The crude chromogen product can then, if desired, be further purified by washing it with aqueous EDTA to remove metal salts, followed by washing with water. If desired, a titration or other instrumental technique, such as AA (atomic absorption) or ICP (inductively coupled plasma) can be performed to determine if the metal salts have been completely removed. The purified product can be isolated by distilling off any solvents. [0142]
  • Various substituents<can be placed on the rings of the chromogens of the present invention by any desired or effective method, such as, for example, the methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,162 and U.S. Pat. No. 1,991,482, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference. [0143]
  • Additional numbers of carbon atoms can be placed on the central structure by, for example, selecting long chain amines as reactants. Examples of such compounds include (but are not limited to) those of the formulae [0144]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00073
  • wherein Y, R[0145] 1, R2, R3, and R4 have the same definitions as given hereinabove, G is either
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00074
  • and (1) R is a linear alkyl group of the formula —C[0146] nH2 n+1 wherein n is at least about 12, (2) R is a branched alkyl group of the formula —CnH2n+1 wherein n is at least about 12, (3) R is an ether group of the formula —(CH2)3—O—CnH2n+1 wherein n is at least about 11, and the like, as well as their ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base forms and their zwitterionic forms.
  • Additional numbers of carbon atoms can also be placed on the central structure by, for example, first preparing the corresponding alcohols and then reacting these alcohols with, for example, high-carbon-number acids to prepare esters, high-carbon-number isocyanates to prepare urethanes, or the like. Examples of such compounds include (but are not limited to) those of the formulae [0147]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00075
  • wherein Y, R[0148] 1, R2, R3, and R4 have the same definitions as given hereinabove, G is either
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00076
  • and (1) R is a group of the formula [0149]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00077
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (2) R is a group of the formula [0150]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00078
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (3) R is a group of the formula [0151]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00079
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (4) R is a group of the formula [0152]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00080
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (5) R is a group of the formula [0153]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00081
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (6) R is a group of the formula [0154]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00082
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (7) two R groups on the same nitrogen atom form a group, with the nitrogen atom, of the formula [0155]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00083
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (8) two R groups on the same nitrogen atom form a group, with the nitrogen atom, of the formula [0156]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00084
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (9) two R groups on the same nitrogen atom form a group, with the nitrogen atom, of the formula [0157]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00085
  • wherein n is at least about 12, and the like, as well as their ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base forms and their zwitterionic forms. [0158]
  • Some specific examples of such compounds include (a) those of the formulae [0159]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00086
  • wherein n is at least about 11, (b) those of the formulae [0160]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00087
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (c) those of the formulae [0161]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00088
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (d) those of the formulae [0162]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00089
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (e) those of the formulae [0163]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00090
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00091
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (f) those of the formulae [0164]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00092
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00093
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (g) those of the formulae [0165]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00094
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00095
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (h) those of the formulae [0166]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00096
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (i) those of the formulae [0167]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00097
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (j) those of the formulae [0168]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00098
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (k) those of the formulae [0169]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00099
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (1) those of the formulae [0170]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00100
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (m) those of the formulae [0171]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00101
  • n is at least about 12, (n) those of the formulae [0172]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00102
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (O) those of the formulae [0173]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00103
  • wherein n is at least about 12, (p) those of the formulae [0174]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00104
  • wherein n is at least about 12 and the like. [0175]
  • The chromogen can then be formed into a metal compound colorant by admixing it with an appropriate metal salt, optionally in the presence of a solvent, such as acetone, toluene, methyl isobutyl ketone, or the like. [0176]
  • Examples of suitable metals are provided hereinabove. Examples of suitable salts include those formed from the desired metal and any desired or effective anions, including (but not limited to) F[0177] −, Cl−, Br−, I−, SCN—, CF3SO3 —, [C10H8(SO3)2]2−, CH3 −C6H4 −SO3 −, PF6 −, ClO4 −, NO2 −C6H4 −SO3 −, NH2 −C6H4 −SO3 −, SCN−, dodecylbenzene sulfonate, or the like.
  • The chromogen and the metal salt are present in any desired or effective relative amounts, generally at least about 2 moles of chromogen per every one mole of metal salt, and higher when higher ratios of chromogen to metal or metal containing moiety are desired, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges. [0178]
  • When present, the optional solvent is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.01 mole of chromogen, in another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.04 mole of chromogen, and in yet another embodiment at least about 1 liter per every 0.08 mole of chromogen, and in one embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 0.5 mole of chromogen, in another embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 0.1 mole of chromogen, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 1 liter per every 0.09 mole of chromogen, although the relative amounts can be outside of these ranges. [0179]
  • The chromogen and the metal salt are allowed to react for any desired or effective period of time, in one embodiment at least about 0.5 hour, in another embodiment at least about 8 hours, and in yet another embodiment at least about 12 hours, and in one embodiment no more than about 96 hours, in another embodiment no more than about 48 hours, and in yet another embodiment no more than about 24 hours, although the time can be outside of these ranges. [0180]
  • The chromogen and the metal salt are allowed to react at any desired or effective temperature, in one embodiment at least about 25° C., in another embodiment at, least about 55° C., and in yet another embodiment at least about 100° C., and in one embodiment no more than about 190° C., in another embodiment no more than about 150° C., and in yet another embodiment no more than about 110° C., although the time can be outside of these ranges. When an optional solvent is used, generally lower temperatures can be employed, whereas when the reaction is run neat, the temperature is sufficiently high to render the chromogen molten. [0181]
  • The resulting product can then be isolated by any desired or effective method, such as by distilling, off the solvent, cooling the reaction mixture (when the product is soluble in the solvent at elevated temperatures and insoluble in the solvent at lowered temperatures), or the like. [0182]
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound comprising the reaction product of (a) a chromogen of the formula [0183]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00105
  • wherein R[0184] 1, R2, R3, and R4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R1 and R2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R3 and R4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure., a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R5, R6, and R7, independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl group, (iv) an alkylaryl group, (v) a halogen atom, (vi) an ester group, (vii) an amide group, (viii) a sulfone group, (ix) an amine group or ammonium group, (x) a nitrite group, (xi) a nitro group, (xii) a hydroxy group, (xiii) a cyano group, (xiv) a pyridine or pyridinium group, (xv) an ether group, (xvi) an aldehyde group, (xvii) a ketone group, (xviii) a carbonyl group, (xix) a thiocarbonyl group, (xx) a sulfate group, (xxi) a sulfide group, (xxii) a sulfoxide group, (xxiii) a phosphine or phosphonium group, (xxiv) a phosphate group, (xxv) a mercapto group, (xxvi) a nitroso group, (xxvii) an acyl group, (xxviii) an acid anhydride group, (xxix) an azide group, (xxx) an azo group, (xxxi) a cyanato group, (xxxii) an isocyanato group, (xxxiii) a thiocyanato group, (xxxiv) an isothiocyanato group, (xxxv) a urethane group, or (xxxvi) a urea group, wherein R5, R6, and R7 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure,
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00106
  • R[0185] 8, R9, and R10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 16, Q− is a COO− group or a SO3— group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q− groups, and (b) a metal salt of which the metal portion is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00107
  • moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two [0186]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00108
  • moieties. [0187]
  • While not being limited to any particular theory, it is believed that in at least some embodiments of the present invention and with at least some metal cations or metal-containing moieties, coordination complexes may form. For example, when Q[0188] − is: a carboxylate anion, d is 1, and the metal is capable of coordinating to four ligands, a metal colorant compound ac cording to the present invention may have the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00109
  • wherein the arrowheaded bonds represent coordination bonds between lone pairs of electrons on a carbonyl group and the metal. For example, when M is a metal that makes square planar coordination complexes, the metal colorant compound may have the structure [0189]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00110
  • When M is a metal that makes tetrahedral coordination complexes, the metal colorant compound may have the structure [0190]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00111
  • When Q[0191] − is a carboxylate anion, d is 1, and the metal is capable of coordinating to six ligands, making octahedral coordination complexes, the metal colorant compound may have the structure
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00112
  • It is believed that sulfonate anions will form complexes similar to those formed by carboxylate anions. [0192]
  • Phase change inks of the present invention contain a phase change carrier system or composition. The phase change carrier composition is typically designed for use in either a direct printing mode or an indirect or offset printing transfer system. [0193]
  • In the direct printing mode, the phase change carrier composition in one embodiment contains one or more materials that enable the phase change ink (1) to be applied in a thin film of uniform thickness on the final recording substrate (such as paper, transparency material, and the like) when cooled to ambient temperature after printing directly to the recording substrate, (2) to be ductile while retaining sufficient flexibility so that the applied image on the substrate will not fracture upon bending, and (3) to possess a high degree of lightness, chroma; transparency, and thermal stability. [0194]
  • In an offset printing transfer or indirect printing mode, the phase change carrier composition in one embodiment exhibits not only the characteristics desirable for direct printing mode inks, but also certain fluidic and mechanical properties desirable for use in such a system, as described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,389,958 the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference. [0195]
  • Any desired or effective carrier composition can be used. Examples of suitable ink carrier materials include fatty amides, such as monoamides, tetra-amides, mixtures thereof, and the like. Specific examples of suitable fatty amide ink carrier materials include stearyl stearamide, a dimer acid based tetra-amide, that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and stearic acid, a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a carboxylic acid having at least about 36 carbon atoms, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof. When the fatty amide ink carrier is a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a carboxylic acid having at least about 36 carbon atoms, the carboxylic acid is of the general formula [0196]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00113
  • wherein R is an alkyl group, including linear, branched, saturated, unsaturated, and cyclic alkyl groups, said alkyl group in one embodiment having at least about 36 carbon atoms, in another embodiment having at least about 40 carbon atoms, said alkyl group in one embodiment having no more than about 200 carbon atoms, in another embodiment having no more than about 150 carbon atoms, and in yet another embodiment having no more than about 100 carbon atoms, although the number of carbon atoms can be outside of these ranges. Carboxylic acids of this formula are commercially available from, for example, Baker Petrolite, Tulsa, Okla., and can also be prepared as described in Example 1 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,937, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference. Further information on fatty amide carrier materials is disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,560, U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,761, U.S. Pat. No. 5,194,638, U.S. Pat. No. 4,830,671, U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,937, U.S. Pat. No. 5,372,852, U.S. Pat. No. 5,597,856, U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,937, and British Patent GB 2 238 792, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference. [0197]
  • Also suitable as phase change ink carrier materials are isocyanate-derived resins and waxes, such as urethane isocyanate-derived materials, urea isocyanate-derived materials, urethane/urea isocyanate-derived materials, mixtures thereof, and the like. Further information on isocyanate-derived carrier materials is disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,604, U.S. Pat. No. 5,780,528, U.S. Pat. No. 5,782,966, U.S. Pat. No. 5,783,658, U.S. Pat. No. 5,827,918, U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,942, U.S. Pat. No. 5,919,839, U.S. Pat. No. 6,255,432, U.S. Pat. No. 6,309,453, British Patent GB 2 294 939, British Patent GB 2 305 928, British Patent GB 2 305 670, British Patent GB 2 290 793, PCT Publication WO 94/14902, PCT Publication WO 97/12003, PCT Publication WO 97/13816, PCT Publication WO 96/14364, PCT Publication WO 97/33943, and PCT Publication WO 95/04760, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference. [0198]
  • Mixtures of fatty amide materials and isocyanate-derived materials can also be employed as the ink carrier composition for inks of the present invention. [0199]
  • Additional suitable phase change ink carrier materials for the present invention include paraffins, microcrystalline waxes, polyethylene waxes, ester waxes, amide waxes, fatty acids, fatty alcohols, fatty amides and other waxy materials, sulfonamide materials, resinous materials made from different natural sources (such as, for example, tall oil rosins and rosin esters), and many synthetic resins, oligomers, polymers and copolymers, such as ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene/acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate/acrylic acid copolymers, copolymers of acrylic acid with polyamides; and the like, ionomers, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof. One-or more of these materials can also be employed in a mixture with a fatty amide material and/or an isocyanate-derived material. [0200]
  • In one specific embodiment, the phase change ink carrier comprises (a) a polyethylene wax, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 25 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 30 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 37 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 60 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 53 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 48 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges; (b) a stearyl stearamide wax, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 8 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 12 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 32 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 28 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 25 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges; (c) a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a long chain hydrocarbon having greater than thirty six carbon atoms and having a terminal carboxylic acid group, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 13 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 16 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 32 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 27 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 22 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of, these ranges; (d) a urethane resin derived from the reaction of two equivalents of hydroabietyl alcohol and one equivalent of isophorone diisocyanate, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 6 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 8 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 16 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 14 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 12 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges; (e) a urethane resin that is the adduct of three equivalents of stearyl isocyanate and a glycerol-based propoxylate alcohol, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 2 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 3 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 4.5 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 13 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 10 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 7.5 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges; and (f) an antioxidant, present in the ink in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 0.01 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 0.05 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, and in 20: one embodiment of no more than about 1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 0.5 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 0.3 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside: of these ranges. [0201]
  • The ink carrier is present in the phase change ink of the present invention in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 50 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 90 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 99 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 98 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 95 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges. [0202]
  • The phase change inks of the present invention contain a colorant compound of the formula [0203]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00114
  • This colorant is present in the ink in any desired or effective amount to obtain the desired color or hue, in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 0.5 percent by weight of the ink, in yet another embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, in still another embodiment of at least about 2 percent by weight of the ink, and in another-embodiment of at least about 3 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 13 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 6 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges. The colorant according to the present invention can either be the sole colorant in the ink or can be present in combination with other colorants, such as dyes, pigments, mixtures thereof, and the like. [0204]
  • In a specific embodiment, the inks of the present invention include an anthraquinone colorant in addition to the colorant according to the present invention. Examples of suitable anthraquinone colorants include Solvent Red 172, colorants as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,395,078 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,422,695, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference, colorants as disclosed in Copending Application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,146, Copending Application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,376, and Copending Application U.S. Ser. No. 10/260,379, the disclosures of each of which are totally incorporated herein by reference, and the like. In a specific embodiment, the anthraquinone colorant is one prepared as described in Example XVII, Parts 1 through 5. The anthraquinone colorant can be present in the inks of the present invention in any desired or effective amount to achieve the desired color, hue, and other characteristics, in one embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 2 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 3 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 13 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 6 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges. [0205]
  • In specific embodiments, the inks of the present invention further contain an acid having a K[0206] a value greater than that of the Ka of the carboxylic acid and/or sulfonic acid and/or carboxylate and/or sulfonate groups on the colorant. Specific examples of suitable acids include organic sulfonic acids, including alkyl benzene sulfonic acids such as para-toluene-sulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, and the like, p-toluene sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, methylsulfonic acid, trifluoromethyl sulfonic acid, hydrobromic acid, and the like, as well as mixtures thereof. The acid is present in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment at least about 2 percent by weight of the amount of colorant according to the present invention, and in another embodiment at least about 5 percent by weight of the amount of colorant according to the present invention, and in one embodiment no more than about 100 percent by weight of the amount of the colorant according to the present invention, and in another embodiment no more than about 30 percent by weight of the colorant according to the present invention, although the amount of acid can be outside of these ranges.
  • The inks of the present invention can also optionally contain an antioxidant. The optional antioxidants of the ink compositions protect the images from oxidation and also protect the ink components from oxidation during the heating portion of the ink preparation process. Specific examples of suitable antioxidants include NAUGUARD® 524, NAUGUARD® 76, and NAUGUARD® 512 (commercially available from Uniroyal Chemical Company, Oxford, CT), IRGANOX® 1010 (commercially available from Ciba Geigy), and the like. When present, the optional antioxidant is present in the ink in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment of at least about 0.01 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about; percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 5 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 3 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges., [0207]
  • The inks of the present invention can also optionally contain a viscosity modifier. Examples of suitable viscosity modifiers include aliphatic ketones, such as stearone, and the like. When present, the optional viscosity modifier is present in the ink in any desired or effective amount, in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 99 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 30 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 15 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges. [0208]
  • Other optional additives to the inks include clarifiers, such as UNION CAMP® X37-523-235 (commercially available from Union Camp), in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 0.01 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 5 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 98 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 50 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 10 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges, tackifiers; such as FORAL® 85, a glycerol ester of hydrogenated abietic (rosin) acid (commercially available from Hercules), FORAL® 105, a pentaerythritol ester of hydroabietic (rosin) acid (commercially available from Hercules), CELLOLYN® 21, a hydroabietic (rosin) alcohol ester of phthalic acid (commercially available from Hercules), ARAKAWA KE-311 Resin, a triglyceride of hydrogenated abietic (rosin) acid (commercially available from Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd.), synthetic polyterpene resins such as NEVTAC® 2300, NEVTAC® 100, and NEVTAC® 80 (commercially available from Neville Chemical Company), WINGTACK® 86, a modified synthetic polyterpene resin (commercially available from Goodyear), and the like, in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 5 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 98 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 75 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 50 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these range, adhesives, such as VERSAMID® 757, 759, or 744 (commercially available from Henkel), in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 5 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 98 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 50 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 10 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges, plasticizers, such as UNIPLEX® 250 (commercially available from Uniplex), the phthalate ester plasticizers commercially available from Monsanto under the trade name SANTICIZER®, such as dioctyl phthdlate, diundecyl phthalate, alkylbenzyl phthalate (SANTICIZER® 278), triphenyl phosphate (commercially available from Monsanto), KP-140®, a tributoxyethyl phosphate (commercially available from FMC Corporation), MORFLEX® 150, a dicyclohexyl phthdlate (commercially available from Morflex Chemical Company Inc.), trioctyl trimellitate (commercially available from Eastman Kodak Co.), and the like, in an amount in one embodiment of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of at least about 2 percent by weight of the ink, and in one embodiment of no more than about 50 percent by weight of the ink, in another embodiment of no more than about 30 percent by weight of the ink, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 10 percent by weight of the ink, although the amount can be outside of these ranges, and the like. [0209]
  • The ink compositions of the present invention in one embodiment have melting points of no lower than about 50° C., in another embodiment of no lower than about 70° C., and in yet another embodiment of no lower than about 80° C., and have melting points in one embodiment of no higher than about 160° C., in another embodiment of no higher than about 140° C., and in yet another embodiment of no higher than about 100° C., although the melting point can be outside of these ranges. [0210]
  • The ink compositions of the present invention generally have melt viscosities at the jetting temperature (in one embodiment no lower than about 75° C., in another embodiment no lower than about 100° C., and in yet another embodiment no lower than about 120° C., and in one embodiment no higher than about 180° C., and in another embodiment no higher than about 150° C., although the jetting temperature can be outside of these ranges) in one embodiment of no more than about 30 centipoise in another embodiment of no more than about 20 centipoise, and in yet another embodiment of no more than about 15 centipoise, and in one embodiment of no less than about 2 centipoise, in another embodiment of no less than about 5 centipoise, and in yet another embodiment of no less than about 7 centipoise, although the melt viscosity can be outside of these ranges. [0211]
  • The ink compositions of the present invention can be prepared by any desired or suitable method. For example, the ink ingredients can be mixed together, followed by heating, to a temperature in one embodiment of at least about 100° C., and in one embodiment of no more than about 140° C., although the temperature can be outside of these ranges, and stirring until a homogeneous ink composition is obtained, followed by cooling the ink to ambient temperature (typically from about 20 to about 25° C.). The inks of the present invention are solid at ambient temperature. In a specific embodiment, during the formation process, the inks in their molten state are poured into molds and then allowed to cool and solidify to form ink sticks. [0212]
  • The inks of the present invention can be employed in apparatus for direct printing ink jet processes and in indirect (offset) printing ink jet applications. Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a process which comprises incorporating an ink of the present invention into an ink jet printing apparatus, melting the ink, and causing droplets of the melted ink to be ejected in an imagewise pattern onto a recording substrate. A direct printing process is also disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,195,430, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference. Yet another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a process which comprises incorporating an ink of the present invention into an ink jet printing apparatus, melting the ink, causing droplets of the melted ink to be ejected in an imagewise pattern onto an intermediate transfer member, and transferring the ink in the imagewise pattern from the intermediate transfer member to a final recording substrate. In a specific embodiment, the intermediate transfer member is heated to a temperature above that of the final recording sheet and below that of the melted ink in the printing apparatus. An offset or indirect printing process is also disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,389,958, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference. In one specific embodiment, the printing apparatus employs a piezoelectric printing process-wherein droplets of the ink are caused to be ejected in imagewise pattern by oscillations of piezoelectric vibrating elements. Inks of the present invention can also be employed in other hot melt printing processes, such as hot melt acoustic ink jet printing, hot melt thermal ink jet printing, hot melt continuous stream or deflection ink jet printing, and the like. Phase change inks of the present invention can also be used in printing processes other than hot melt ink jet printing processes. [0213]
  • Any suitable substrate or recording sheet can be employed, including plain papers such as XEROX® 4024 papers, XEROX® Image: Series papers, Courtland 4024 DP paper, ruled notebook paper, bond paper, silica coated papers such as Sharp Company silica coated paper, JuJo paper, Hammermill Laserprint Paper, and the like, transparency materials, fabrics, textile products, plastics, polymeric films, inorganic substrates such as metals and wood, and the like. [0214]
  • Specific embodiments of the invention will now be described in detail. These examples are intended to be illustrative, and the invention is not limited to the materials, conditions, or process parameters set forth in these embodiments. All parts and percentages are by weight unless otherwise indicated. [0215]
    • EXAMPLE IA Synthesis of Dichlorofluorescein
  • A mixture of fluorescein (100 grams, 0.331 mole; obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) and PCl[0216] 5 (128.5 grams, 0.62 mole; obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.) in 650 milliliters of chlorobenzene was stirred and heated to 140° C. in a 1 liter round bottom flask equipped with a reflux condenser. After 6 hours of heating, the reflux condenser was replaced with a distillation setup, and POCl3 formed during the reaction as well as the chlorobenzene were distilled off. After all of the POCl3 and chlorobenzene were removed, 300 grams of N-methylpyrrolidinone was added and the resulting mixture was heated to 100° C. with stirring until all of the crude dichlorofluorescein dissolved. The solution was then poured into a 4 liter beaker containing 1 liter of deionized water. A tan solid precipitated out and was collected on a filter and dried in a vacuum oven. The final tan solid matched the IR, NMR, and TLC of commercially available dichlorofluorescein.
  • Other synthetic processes can also be used. For example, a one-pot process using DMF solvent can be employed wherein the POCl[0217] 3 intermediate is not distilled off but is removed by reaction with methanol, which also precipitates the dichlorofluorescein as a white solid. Methods using toluenesulfonylchloride, a less reactive and corrosive chlorinating agent than PCl5, can also be used.
    • EXAMPLE IB Synthesis of Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • A mixture of dichlorofluorescein (105 grams, 0.284 mole, prepared as described above), calcium oxide (24, grams, 0.62 mole; obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), ZnCl[0218] 2 (116 grams, 0.85 mole; obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.), and distearyl amine (288 grams, 0.585 mole; ARMEEN 2HT, obtained from Akzo-Nobel, McCook, Ill.) in 650 milliliters of tetramethylene sulfone (obtained from Chevron Phillips Chemical Co., LP, The Woodlands, Tex.) was stirred and heated to 190° C. in a 1 liter round bottom flask. After 10 hours of heating, the deeply magenta colored mixture was cooled to 120° C. and poured into 2.5 liters of methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) and stirred until totally dissolved.
    • EXAMPLE IC Purification of Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The solution of crude tetrastearyl colorant in MIBK was then transferred to a 4 liter separatory funnel. Three aqueous EDTA washes were then performed (50 grams of the tetrasodium salt of EDTA in 1,000 milliliters of water for each wash) to remove all of the zinc and calcium salts in the crude reaction product. The product, dissolved in MIBK, remained on the top layer with the water/EDTA chelated metal waste on the bottom layer, which was discarded. Two washes with deionized water (1 liter each) were then performed. At this point, the MIBK solution was no longer magenta, but a faint orangeish-red color. The lack of a brilliant magenta color at this point indicated a ring-closed, or free base, form of the colorant, believed to be of the formula [0219]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00115
    • EXAMPLE ID Isolation of Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The solution of the ring-closed, purified tetrdstearyl colorant in MIBK was then transferred to a 2 liter round bottom flask with distillation setup. The MIBK and residual water were distilled off and the product, a slightly viscous wax when hot, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. The wax was a deep red colored, somewhat hard wax when cooled to room temperature. [0220]
    • EXAMPLE IE Protonation of Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • 250 grams of the solid, ring-closed, purified tetrastearyl colorant prepared in Example ID was then transferred to a 1 liter beaker and 500 milliliters of MIBK were added and allowed to dissolve the solid with stirring. A stoichiometric amount of dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid was added to this solution and stirred for 1 hour. A deep magenta hue was observed with the addition of the acid. The solution was then transferred to a distillation setup and the MIBK removed. The molten ring-opened waxy colorant was then transferred to an aluminum tin and allowed to cool to room temperature. The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0221]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00116
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0222]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00117
  • The process was repeated a number of times substituting for dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid the following acids: p-toluene sulfonic acid; hydrochloric acid; trifluoroacetic acid; methyl sulfonic acid; trifluoromethyl sulfonic acid; and hydrobromic acid. Similar results were observed in all cases. [0223]
    • EXAMPLE IF Preparation of Zinc Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • To a 1-liter 3-necked roundbottom flask with TEFLON® coated magnet and silicone oil bath was added 229 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen and 200 grams of MIBK. The mixture was heated to reflux. Thereafter, about 12.2 grams of ZnCl[0224] 2 (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) was added in a stoichiometric amount of 2 moles of zinc chloride per every one mole of tetrastearyl chromogen. The solution was stirred for about 18 hours. Thereafter, the MIBK was distilled off. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax, believed to be a coordination compound of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00118
    • EXAMPLE IIB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that dioctyl amine (NH((CH[0225] 2)7CH3)2, obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) was used instead of distearyl amine. The dioctyl amine was present in an amount of 1.95 moles of dioctyl amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein.
    • EXAMPLE IIC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example IIB. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula [0226]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00119
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0227]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00120
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0228]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00121
    • EXAMPLE IID
  • The process of Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example IIC. [0229]
    • EXAMPLE IIIB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that the reaction was run with 2.05 moles of stearyl amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. [0230]
    • EXAMPLE IIIC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example 111B. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula [0231]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00122
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula, [0232]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00123
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0233]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00124
    • EXAMPLE IIID
  • The process of Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example IIIC. [0234]
    • EXAMPLE IVB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that PRIMENE JM-T (obtained from Rohm and Haas Company, Philadelphia, Pa.), of the formula, [0235]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00125
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The PRIMENE JM-T was present in an amount of 2 moles of PRIMENE JM-T per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. [0236]
    • EXAMPLE IVC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example IVB. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula [0237]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00126
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0238]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00127
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0239]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00128
    • EXAMPLE IVD
  • The process of Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example IVC. [0240]
    • EXAMPLE VB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that UNILIN 425-PA (obtained from Tomah Products, Milton, Wis., of the formula CH[0241] 3(CH2)31—O—CH2CH2CH2NH2) was used instead of distearyl amine. The UNILIN 425-PA was present in an amount of 2 moles of UNILIN 425-PA per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. It is believed that the product was of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00129
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0242]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00130
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0243]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00131
    • EXAMPLE VIB
  • The process of Example —IB was repeated except that diethanol amine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis., of the formula HN(CH[0244] 2CH2OH)2) was used instead of distearyl amine. The diethanol amine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of diethanol amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 125° C. for 100 hours.
    • EXAMPLE VIC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example VIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn[0245] 2+ and Ca2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00132
    • EXAMPLE VIC-1
  • About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example VIC is added to 23.4 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 2 drops of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed. The tetraurethane rhodamine is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula [0246]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00133
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0247]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00134
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0248]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00135
    • EXAMPLE VIIB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that N-methyl-D-glucamine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula [0249]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00136
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The N-methyl-D-glucamine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of N-methyl-D-glucamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1.5 moles of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 130° C. for 7 days. [0250]
    • EXAMPLE VIIC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example VIIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn[0251] 2+ and Ca2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00137
    • EXAMPLE VIIC-1
  • About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example YIJC is added to 45 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 4 drops of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed. The deca-urethane rhodamine is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula [0252]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00138
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0253]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00139
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0254]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00140
    • EXAMPLE VIIIB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that 2-piperidine ethanol (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula [0255]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00141
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The 2-piperidine ethanol was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of 2-piperidine-ethanol per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 160° C. for 24 hours. The reaction product was then poured into water and filtered and washed with water. It is believed that the product was of the formula [0256]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00142
  • About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example VIIIB is added to 10.7 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 1 drop of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed. The di-urethane rhodamine is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula [0257]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00143
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is T 5 believed to be of the formula [0258]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00144
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwifterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0259]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00145
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that N,N-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene diamine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula [0260]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00146
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The N,N-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene diamine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of N,N-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene diamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles, of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 140° C. for 48 hours. The reaction product was then poured into water and filtered and washed with water. It is believed that the product was of the formula [0261]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00147
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0262]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00148
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0263]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00149
    • EXAMPLE XB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that N,N-diethyl-1,4-phenylene diamine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula [0264]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00150
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The N,N-diethyl-1,4-phenylene diamine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of N,N-diethyl-1,4-phenylene diamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 96 hours. The reaction product was then poured into water and filtered and washed with water. It is believed that the product was of the formula [0265]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00151
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0266]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00152
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0267]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00153
    • EXAMPLE XIB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that N-benzylethanolamine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis., of the formula [0268]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00154
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The N-benzylethanolamine was present in an amount of 2.5 moles of N-benzylethanolamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was dimethyl formamide instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 48 hours. [0269]
    • EXAMPLE XIC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example XIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn[0270] 2+ and Ca2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00155
    • EXAMPLE XIC-1
  • About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example XIC is added to 9.9 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 1 drop of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed. The diurethane rhodaminee is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula [0271]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00156
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0272]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00157
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0273]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00158
    • EXAMPLE XIIB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that N-benzylethanolamine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula [0274]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00159
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The N-benzylethanolamine was present in an amount of 10 moles of N-benzylethanolamine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was the excess N-benzylethanolamine instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was refluxed in an oil bath for 48 hours, followed by distilling off the excess amine. [0275]
    • EXAMPLE XIIC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example XIIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn[0276] 2+ and Ca2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00160
    • EXAMPLE XIIC-1
  • In a glass reaction flask is combined 10 grams of the product obtained in Example XIIC, 29.8 grams of UNICID® 700 (a material containing carboxylic acid of the formula RCOOH wherein R is a linear alkyl group having an average of about 50 carbon atoms, also containing other unfunctionalized wax materials in an amount of up to about 25 percent by weight; available from Baker Petrolite, Sugarland, Tex.), 152 grams of xylene (available from Tarr, Inc., Portland, Oreg.), and 0.6 grams of para-toluenesulfonic acid (available from Capital Resin Corp., Columbus, Ohio). The materials are mixed and heated to a reflux temperature of about 143° C. After about 72 hours, the reaction is complete. The reaction mixture is then cooled to 40° C. and filtered. The filter cake is reslurried and filtered two more times in methanol to remove residual xylene. The filter cake is then dried in air at ambient temperature. It is believed that this filter cake will contain a colorant of the formula [0277]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00161
  • wherein n has an average value of about 50. The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0278]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00162
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0279]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00163
    • EXAMPLE XIIIB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that 2-(ethylamino)ethanol (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula [0280]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00164
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The 2-(ethylamino)ethanol was present in an amount of, 20 moles of 2-(ethylamino)ethanol per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. In addition, 2 moles of zinc chloride were used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein and 1 mole of calcium oxide was used per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein, the solvent was the excess 2-(ethylamino)ethanol instead of tetramethylene sulfone, and the reaction mixture was refluxed in an oil bath for 24 hours, followed by distilling off the excess amine. [0281]
    • EXAMPLE XIIIC
  • The process of Example IC was repeated using the product obtained in Example XIIIB except that the product was poured into methanol and sufficient EDTA was added to remove all of the Zn[0282] 2+ and Ca2+ ions. It is believed that the purified product was of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00165
    • EXAMPLE XIIIC-1
  • About 10 grams of the product obtained in Example XIIIC is added to 12.5 grams of octadecylisocyanate (available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) at 120° C., after which 1 drop of dibutyltindilaurate catalyst (available from Aldrich Chemical Co.) is added and the reaction is stirred and heated until disappearance of the isocyanate peak in the IR is observed. The diurethane rhodamine is poured into aluminum tins and is believed to be of the formula [0283]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00166
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0284]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00167
  • wherein A[0285] − is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00168
    • EXAMPLE XIVB
  • The process of Example IB was repeated except that 2-aminoanthracene (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), of the formula [0286]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00169
  • was used instead of distearyl amine. The 2-aminoanthracene was, present in an amount of 2.05 moles of 2-aminoanthracene per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. It is believed that the product was of the formula [0287]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00170
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0288]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00171
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic form of this colorant is believed to be of the formula [0289]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00172
    • EXAMPLE XVB
  • The process of Example OB was repeated except that a mixture of stearyl amine (ARMEEN 0.18D; obtained from Akzo-Nobel, McCook, Ill.) and distearyl amine was used instead of pure distearyl amine. The stearyl amine was present in an amount of 1.02 moles of stearyl amine per every, one mole of dichlorofluorescein, and the distearyl amine was present in an amount of 1.02 moles of distearyl amine per every one mole of dichlorofluorescein. [0290]
    • EXAMPLE XVC
  • The process of Example IC was, repeated using the product obtained in Example XVB. It is believed that the: purified product was a mixture of compounds of the formulae [0291]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00173
  • The ring-opened, or protonated, or free-base forms of these colorants are believed to be of the formulae, respectively, [0292]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00174
  • wherein A is the anion corresponding to the acid used for protonaton. The zwitterionic forms of these colorants are believed to be of the formulae, respectively, [0293]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00175
    • EXAMPLE XVD
  • The process of Example ID was repeated using the product obtained in Example XVC. [0294]
    • EXAMPLE XVI
  • The processes of Examples IA through IC were repeated. Thereafter, to the solution of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl colorant in MIBK was added a naphthalene disulfonate adduct of the formula [0295]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00176
  • (dinonylnaphthalene disulfonic acid, 50 wt. % in isobutanol, NACURE® 155, obtained from King. Industries, Norwalk, Conn.) in a stoichiometric amount of 2 moles of naphthalene sulfonate adduct per every one mole of tetrastearyl colorant. The solution was stirred until a magenta color developed fully. Thereafter, the solution was transferred to a 2 liter round bottom flask equipped with distillation setup, and the MIBK was distilled off. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax, believed to be of the formula [0296]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00177
    • EXAMPLE XVII Preparation of Calcium Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 80.3 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, 400 grams of toluene, and 3.5 grams of CaCl[0297] 2 were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
    • EXAMPLE XVIII Preparation of Bismuth Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 100.2 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, 600 grams of toluene, and 8.2 grams of BiCl[0298] 3 were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
    • EXAMPLE XIX Preparation of Tin Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 100 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, 1,000 grams of MIBK, and 8.8 grams of SnCl[0299] 2 in a 2 liter. 3-necked roundbottom flask were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
    • EXAMPLE XX Preparation of Iron Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 32.4 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrostearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, and. 1.6 grams of FeCl[0300] 2 were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
    • EXAMPLE XXI Preparation of Copper Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 35 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, and 1.83 grams of CuCl[0301] 2 were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
    • EXAMPLE XXII Preparation of Aluminum Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 32.7 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, and 1.13 grams of AlCl[0302] 3 were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
    • EXAMPLE XXIII Preparation of Nickel Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 5.5 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 100 grams of MIBK, and 0.53 grams of nickel II acetate (Ni(CH[0303] 3COO)2) were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax.
    • EXAMPLE XXIV Preparation of Phosphotungsticmolybdic “Laked” Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 34.1 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 400 grams of MIBK, 13.1 grams of phosphotungstic-acid, and 5.6 grams of phosphomolybdic acid were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax. [0304]
    • EXAMPLE XXV Preparation of Titanium Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 24.3 grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 250 grams of toluene, and 0.9 grams of titanium IV chloride were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax. [0305]
    • EXAMPLE XXVI Preparation of Chromium Tetrastearyl Colorant
  • The process of Example I was repeated except that 25.2grams of the ring-closed purified tetrastearyl chromogen, about 250 grams of MIBK, and 1.04 grams of chromium III chloride were employed. The product, a slightly viscous wax when warm, was transferred to a jar and allowed to harden. At room temperature, the product was a deep magenta/red colored somewhat hard wax. [0306]
  • The processes of Examples XVII through XXVI are repeated but substituting the chromogens prepared in Examples II through XVI for the chromogen prepared in Example I. It is believed that similar results will be observed. [0307]
    • Ink Preparation and Testing EXAMPLE XXVII Preparation of Secondary Colorant PART I
  • A secondary magenta colorant was prepared as follows. [0308]
  • In a glass reaction flask were combined 73 grams of sublimed quinizarin (obtained from Aceto Corp., Lake Success, N.Y.), 49 grams of leucoquinizarin (obtained from Aceto Corp.), 66 grams of 4-aminobenzene-ethanol (obtained from Aceto Corp.), 31 grams of boric acid (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.), and 780 grams of methanol (obtained from JT Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.). The materials were mixed and heated until the solvent refluxed at about 66° C. [0309]
  • After about 16 hours of reflux the reaction was complete, having generated an alcohol-substituted colorant of the formula [0310]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00178
  • The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The product filter cake was dried in air at ambient temperature. [0311]
  • The spectral strength of the alcohol-substituted colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in toluene and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer. The spectral strength of the alcohol-substituted colorant was measured as about 21,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption λ[0312] max, indicating a purity of about 80 percent.
    • Part 2
  • In a glass reaction flask were combined 8 grams of the alcohol-substituted colorant prepared in Part 1 of this Example, 68 grams of glacial acetic acid (obtained from JT Baker), 13 grams of propionic acid (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.), and 2.3 grams of acetic anhydride (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.). The materials were mixed and heated to a reflux temperature of about 121° C. After about 4 hours of reflux, the reaction was complete and the reaction mixture contained an ethyl acetate-substituted colorant of the formula [0313]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00179
    • Part 3
  • About 91 grams of the reaction mixture containing the ethyl acetate-substituted colorant from Part 2 of this Example was charged into a glass reaction flask. The mixture was cooled to a minimum of 30° C. While mixing, about 9 grams of bromine (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.) was added to the mixture at a rate such that the temperature remained below about 40° C. The mixture was then heated to about 40° C. After about 24 hours of mixing the reaction was complete. [0314]
  • The reaction mixture was then quenched into 234 grams of deionized water and allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then filtered. The filter cake was reslurried and filtered twice in deionized water to remove most of the residual acetic acid. The filter cake was then dried in a 60° C. oven. This filter cake contained a mixture of brominated ethyl acetate-substituted colorants of the formulae [0315]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00180
  • The spectral strength of the brominated ethyl acetate-substituted colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in toluene and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer. The spectral strength of the brominated ethyl acetate-substituted colorant was measured as about 15,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption λ[0316] max. This spectral strength indicated a purity of about 60 percent.
    • Part 4
  • In a glass reaction flask were combined 18 grams of the mixture of the brominated ethyl acetate-substituted colorant and its salt prepared in Part 3 of this Example, 72 grams of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.), 4 grams of sodium hydroxide (obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.), and 4 grams of deionized water. The materials were mixed and heated to about 60° C. After about 3 hours the reaction was complete. [0317]
  • The reaction mixture was then quenched into 234 grams of deionized water and allowed to cool to room temperature. Glacial acetic acid was added until the solution reached a pHF of between 6 and 7. The reaction mixture was then filtered. The filter cake was reslurried and filtered twice in deionized water to remove most of the residual N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. The filter cake was then dried in a 60° C. oven. This filter cake contained a brominated alcohol-substituted colorant of the formula [0318]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00181
  • The spectral strength of the brominated alcohol-substituted colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in an equal mixture, of toluene and tetrahydrofuran and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer. The spectral strength of the brominated alcohol-substituted colorant was measured as about 16,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption λ[0319] max. This spectral strength indicated a purity of about 60 percent.
    • Part 5
  • In a glass reaction flask-were combined 16 grams of the brominated alcohol-substituted colorant prepared in Part 4 of this, Example, 31 grams of UNICID® 700 (a material containing carboxylic acid of the formula R[0320] 2COOH wherein R2 is a linear alkyl group having an average of about 50 carbon atoms, also containing other unfunctionalized wax materials in an amount of up to about 25 percent by weight; obtained from Baker Petrolite, Sugarland, Tex.), 152 grams of xylene (obtained from Tarr, Inc., Portland, Oreg.), and 0.6 grams of para-toluenesulfonic acid (obtained from Capital Resin Corp., Columbus, Ohio). The materials were mixed and heated to a reflux temperature of about 143° C. After about 7 hours, the reaction was complete.
  • The reaction mixture was then cooled to 40° C. and filtered. The filter cake was reslurried and filtered two more times in methanol to remove residual xylene. The filter cake was then dried in air at ambient temperature. This filter cake contained a colorant of the formula [0321]
    Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00182
  • wherein R[0322] 2 is a linear alkyl group having an average of about 50 carbon atoms.
  • The spectral strength of the colorant was determined using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the colorant in an equal mixture of toluene and tetrahydrofuran and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer. The spectral strength of the colorant was measured as about 5,000 mL Absorbance Units per gram at absorption λ[0323] max. This spectral strength indicated a purity of about 40 percent.
  • Ink compositions containing the colorants of Examples IF and XVII through XXVI, and, for comparison purposes, commercially available n-butyl Solvent Red 172 (n-BuSR172; UNIGRAPH Red 1900, obtained from United Color Manufacturing, Inc., Newtown, Pa.), commercially available Solvent Red 49 (SR49; a rhodamine colorant obtained from BASF, Germany), and a colorant comprising the chromrogen of Example ID (said chromogen not being part of a metal compound according to the present invention) were prepared as follows. [0324]
  • Ink A—1: In a stainless steel beaker were combined 153.22 grams of polyethylene wax (PE655, obtained from Baker Petrolite, Tulsa, Okla., of the formula CH[0325] 3(CH2)50OH3), 39.72 grams of stearyl stearamide wax (KEMAMIDE® S-180, obtained from Crompton Corporation, Greenwich, Conn.), 62.99 grams of a tetra-amide resin obtained from the reaction of one equivalent of dimer diacid with two equivalents of ethylene diamine and UNICID® 700 (a carboxylic acid derivative of a long chain alcohol obtained from Baker Petrolite, Tulsa, Okla.), prepared as described in Example 1 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,937, the disclosure of which is, totally incorporated herein by reference, 39.76 grams of a urethane resin obtained from the reaction of two equivalents of ABITOL®. E hydroabietyl alcohol (obtained from Hercules Inc., Wilmington, Del.) and one equivalent of isophorone diisocyanate, prepared as described in Example 1 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,782,966, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, 27.02 grams of a urethane resin that was the adduct of three equivalents of stearyl isocyanate and a glycerol-based alcohol, prepared as described in Example 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,309,453, the disclosure of which is totally incorporated herein by reference, and, 0.65 gram of NAUGUARD® 445 antioxidant (obtained from Uniroyal Chemical Co., Middlebury, Conn.). The materials were melted together at a temperature of 135° C. in an oven, and then blended by stirring in a temperature-controlled mantle at 135° C. for 0.2 hour. To this mixture was then added 12.31 grams of the colorant prepared as described in Example IF and 6.70 grams of a secondary magenta colorant (prepared as described in Parts 1 through 5 of this Example). After stirring for 2 additional hours, the magenta ink thus formed was filtered through a heated MOTT® apparatus (obtained from Mott Metallurgical) using Whatman #3 filter paper under a pressure of 15 pounds per square inch. The filtered phase change ink was poured into molds and allowed to solidify to form ink sticks. The magenta phase change ink thus prepared exhibited a viscosity of 10.80 centipoise as measured by a Rheometrics-cone-plate viscometer at about 140° C., and a spectral strength of 1,279 milliliters absorbance per gram at 550 nanometers, determined by using a spectrophotographic procedure based on the measurement of the colorant in solution by dissolving the solid, ink in n-butanol and measuring the absorbance using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 2S UV/VIS spectrophotometer.
  • Ink A-2: Ink A-2 was prepared in a similar manner to that used to prepare Ink A-1 but using a different formulation for the ink composition as described in the table below. The properties of Ink A-2 were, obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. The melting points of 84° C. and 105° C. were measured by differential scanning calorimetry using a DuPont 2100 calorimeter. Ink A-2 had a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 19° C. As shown in the table, the predominant difference between Ink A-1 and Ink A-2 is the relative concentration of the colorant in the ink. [0326]
  • Ink A-3: Ink A-3 was prepared in a similar manner to that used to prepare Ink A-1 but using a different formulation for the ink composition as described in the table below. The properties of Ink A-3 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1 and Ink A-2. As shown in the table, the predominant difference between Ink A-3 and Inks A-1 and A-2 is the relative higher concentration of the colorant in the ink. As a result, the spectral strength of Ink A-3 is also higher than those of Inks A-1 and A-2, suggesting very good solubility of the colorant described in Example IF in the ink carrier. [0327]
  • Inks B-1 and B-2: Inks B-1 and B-2 were prepared in a similar manner to that used to prepare Ink A-1 but using the colorant of Example XVII instead of the colorant of Example IF. Their formulations are described in the table below. The properties of Ink B-1 and Ink B-2 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Inks A-1 and A-2. As shown in the table, the predominant difference between Ink B-1 and Ink B-2 is the relative concentration of the colorant in the ink. [0328]
  • Ink C: Ink C was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XVIII was used in place of the colorant from Example IF. The properties of Ink C were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0329]
  • Inks D-1 and D-2: Inks D-1 and D-2 were prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XIX was used in place of the colorant from Example IF. The properties of Ink D-1 and Ink D-2 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0330]
  • Ink E: Ink E was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XX was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink E were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1′. [0331]
  • Ink F: Ink F was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXI was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink F were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0332]
  • Ink G: Ink G was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXII was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink G were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0333]
  • Ink H: Ink H was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXIII was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink H were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0334]
  • Ink 1: Ink I was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXIV was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink I were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0335]
  • Ink J: Ink J was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXV was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink J were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0336]
  • Ink K: Ink K was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that the colorant from Example XXVI was used in place of the dye from Example IF. The properties of Ink K were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0337]
  • Comparative Ink II: An ink was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that instead of the colorant from Example IF, the commercially available SR 49 and dodecyl benzene sulfuric acid (DDBSA, Bio-soft S-100, obtained from Stepan Company, Elwood, Ill.) were used. The properties of Comparative Ink 1 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0338]
  • Comparative Ink 2: An ink was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 except that instead of the colorant from Example IF, a colorant comprising the chromogen of Example ID (said chromogen not being part of a metal compound according to the, present invention) and dodecyl benzene sulfuric acid (DDBSA, Bio-soft S-100, obtained from Stepan Company, Elwood, Ill.) were used. The properties of Comparative Ink 2 were obtained using the, same methods as those used for Ink A-1. [0339]
  • Comparative Ink 3: An ink was prepared by the process described for Ink A-1 including the colorant preparation from Example IF, except that instead of using the chromogen from Example ID, commercially available Solvent Red 49 was used as the chromogen to prepare the resulting zinc colorant. The properties of Comparative Ink 3 were obtained using the same methods as those used for Ink A-1. Since it was found that the spectral strength of the unfiltered ink was higher than that of the filtered ink, the actual relative colorant amount of the colorant is in fact less than that listed in the following formulation table. Therefore, the colorant described in Comparative Example 3 has much lower solubility than that of the colorant described in Example A; it is believed that the better solubility of the colorant in Inks A-1 through A-3 can be attributed to the long alkyl groups on the chromogen compared to those of commercially available Solvent Red 49. [0340]
  • The following tables summarize the compositions of the various inks and the amounts of ingredients (weight percentage numbers given in the tables) therein: [0341]
    A-1 A-2 A-3 B-1 B-2 C
    Example IF colorant 3.56 5.04 6.28 — — —
    Example XVII colorant — — — 3.98 3.55 —
    Example XVIII colorant — — — — — 3.55
    POLYWAX 44.36 44.15 43.41 44.06 45.38 45.38
    Tetra-amide 19.10 17.81 17.56 18.91 18.47 18.47
    S-180 11.51 13.76 13.42 12.55 11.78 11.78
    Urethane Resin 1* 11.51 9.75 9.84 10.53 11.13 11.13
    Urethane Resin 2** 7.82 7.45 7.41 7.86 7.56 7.56
    2° magenta colorant 1.94 1.83 1.87 1.92 1.94 1.94
    NAUGUARD 445 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.19
    Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
    D-1 D-2 E F G H
    Example XIX colorant 3.51 3.55 — — — —
    Example XX colorant — — 3.55 — — —
    Example XXI colorant — — — 3.55 — —
    Example XXII colorant — — — — 3.54 —
    Example XXIII colorant — — — — — 3.55
    POLYWAX 43.30 45.38 45.89 45.58 46.89 45.38
    Tetra-amide 19.96 18.47 18.15 18.34 17.54 18.47
    S-180 13.02 11.78 11.91 11.83 12.17 11.78
    Urethane Resin 1* 10.30 11.13 10.94 11.05 10.57 11.13
    Urethane Resin 2** 7.81 7.56 7.43 7.51 7.18 7.56
    2° magenta colorant 1.91 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.93 1.94
    NAUGUARD 445 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.18 0.19
    Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
    I J K 1 2 3
    Example XXIV colorant 3.55 — — — — —
    Example XXV colorant — 3.55 — — — —
    Example XXVI colorant — — 3.54 — — —
    SR 49 colorant — — — 0.46 — —
    Example ID colorant — — — — 2.61 —
    Zn-SR 49 colorant — — — — — 0.75
    POLYWAX 45.38 45.38 46.26 45.67 40.16 45.58
    Tetra-amide 18.47 18.47 17.93 19.04 17.82 21.35
    S-180 11.78 11.78 12.01 13.17 19.38 13.20
    Urethane Resin 1* 11.13 11.13 10.80 10.68 12.47 9.00
    Urethane Resin 2** 7.56 7.56 7.34 8.09 4.26 8.00
    2° magenta colorant 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.91 2.03 1.92
    DDABS — — — 0.80 1.10 —
    NAUGUARD 445 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.20 0.18 0.20
    Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
  • The magenta inks thus prepared were successfully printed on HAMMERMILL LASERPRINT® paper (obtained from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn.) with a XEROX® PHASER 860 printer, which uses a printing process wherein the ink is first jetted in an imagewise pattern onto an intermediate transfer member followed by transfer of the imagewise pattern from the intermediate transfer member to a final recording substrate. The solid field images with a resolution of 450 dpi×600 dpi were generated from the printer, and their color space data were obtained on an ACS® Spectro Sensor® II Colorimeter (obtained from Applied Color Systems Inc.) in accordance with the measuring methods stipulated in ASTM IE805 (Standard Practice of Instrumental Methods of Color or Color Difference Measurements of Materials) using the appropriate calibration standards supplied by the instrument manufacturer. For purposes of verifying and quantifying the overall calorimetric performance of the inks, measurement data were reduced, via tristimulus integration, following ASTM E308 (Standard Method for Computing the Colors of Objects using the CIE System) in order to calculate the 1976 CIE L* (Lightness), Q* (redness-greenness), and b* (yellowness-blueness) CIELAB values for each phase change ink sample. [0342]
  • Another type of printed sample was generated on HAMMERMILL LASERPRINT® paper using a K Printing Proofer (manufactured by RK Print Coat Instrument Ltd., Litlington, Royston, Heris, SG8 0OZ, U.K.). In this method, the tested inks were melted onto a printing plate set at 150° C. temperature. A roller bar fitted with the paper was then rolled over the plate containing the melted ink on its surface. The ink on the paper was cooled, resulting in three separated images of rectangular blocks. The most intensely colored block contained the most ink deposited on the paper, and was therefore used to obtain the color value measurements. [0343]
  • Printed samples of the magenta inks both from the XEROX PHASER® printer and from the K-Proofer were evaluated for color characteristics, which are reported in the tables below. As is apparent, the CIE L*a*b* values for inks made with colorants according to the present invention represent a good magenta shade printed ink. The tables below list the viscosity (ζ centipoise) of the inks at 140° C., the spectral strength in n-butanol (SS, mL*g[0344] −1cm−1) and absorbance maximum (Lambda max, Xmax, nm) of the inks, the glass transition point (Tg, ° C.), the melting points (mp, ° C., as measured by DSC), and the CIE L*a*b color coordinates of the prints made either using the XEROX PHASER® 860 printer or the K-proofer:
    A-1 A-2 A-3 B-1 B-2 C
    η 10.80 10.62 10.79 10.62 10.76 10.65
    SS 1279 1619 2095 1187 1102 1151
    λmax 550 550 550 549 552 558
    Tg — 18.4 17.7 — — —
    mp — 84.3, 83.9, — — —
    104.6 104.8
    L* (860) 55.0 48.4 49.1 71.46 — 63.07
    a* (860) 75.1 80.2 83.7 48.88 — 60.10
    b* (860) −39.1 −34.6 −40.9 −31.03 — −33.04
    L* (K-P) 60.9 — 52.06 — 68.49 64.95
    a* (K-P) 59.6 — 74.14 — 44.62 48.47
    b* (K-P) −31.3 — −40.93 — −22.36 −27.18
    D-1 D-2 E F G H
    η 10.75 10.44 10.67 10.67 10.58 10.65
    SS 1203 1262 1418 1255 1291 810
    λmax 558 556 558 549 556 548
    Tg — — — — — —
    mp — — — — — —
    L* (860) 61.14 — — — — —
    a* (860) 64.00 — — — — —
    b* (860) −34.56 — — — — —
    L* (K-P) — 64.11 55.76 59.42 56.09 63.56
    a* (K-P) — 50.15 51.16 51.41 57.85 45.14
    b* (K-P) — −27.29 −30.26 −32.17 −31.78 −28.69
    I J K 1 2 3
    η 10.77 10.60 10.75 10.77 10.54 10.36
    SS 887 1082 1115 1279 1328 909
    λmax 553 554 552 555 552 543
    Tg — — — 21.2 — —
    mp — — — 82.7, — —
    103.6
    L* (860) — — — 54.0 50.1 —
    a* (860) — — — 76.8 69.1 —
    b* (860) — — — −41.3 −37.2 —
    L* (K-P) 56.64 67.58 63.14 60.9 56.3 —
    a* (K-P) 57.97 35.64 43.36 68.0 59.3 —
    b* (K-P) −33.52 −21.41 −28.36 −42.7 −32.5 —
  • The color values in the above tables indicate that the colorants' of Inks A through K can be used in hot melt inks with good magenta color as evidenced by the a* and, b* values of the prints. As evidenced in the tables, Ink A can exhibit magenta color with a chroma larger than that of Comparative Ink 1., which was made from commercially available SR 49, which has been considered to be a bright magenta dye. In contrast to commercial SR 49 dye, which normally needs a relatively strong acid such as DDBSA to develop its color in an ink base, the colorants in Inks A through K of this invention show reasonably strong magenta color without an acid developer. Although not being limited to any particular theory, it is believed that the color development role in the inks of this invention was played by the metal ion in the colorants. Good dye solubilities of the colorants in Inks A through C and J through K of this invention in tested ink bases are demonstrated by the very high dye loads and corresponding very high spectral strength of the inks. [0345]
    • EXAMPLE XXVIII Thermal Stability-Testing
  • Colorant degradation can lead to an undesirable color shift or fade as d result of the colorant decomposition reaction in an ink. This phenomenon can adversely affect the color quality or consistency of prints from the inks if the colorant is not thermally stable. Thermal stability of the colorants in Inks A through K according to this invention was compared to SR 0.49 dye in Comparative Ink I by monitoring color changes of the prints from their cooked inks. [0346]
  • In one method, the inks were heated in glass jars continuously in an oven at 140° C., followed by sampling and printing the inks on HAMMERMILL Laserprint papers using a K-Proofer, and finally measuring the color changes of the prints of the sampled inks as a function of time. The color changes of the resultant prints were monitored by CIELAB values and expressed by Delta E relative to the initial CIELAB values. The color change of each sample was determined according to the methods described hereinabove for obtaining CIELAB values. Color changes were determined following ASTM D2244-89 (Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences From instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates) (delta E=[(L*[0347] 1−L*2)2+(a*1−a*2)2+(b*1−b*2)2]1/2). The results for these Inks are shown in the tables below. As the data in the tables indicate, Inks A-1 through C-1 and Ink K containing the colorants according to the present invention demonstrated better color stability than Comparative Ink 1 containing commercial SR 49.
    Ink 0 1 3 5 10 18
    A-1 0.0 1.8 4.0 6.1 14.6 —
    B-2 0.0 0.7 1.4 2.5 4.4 —
    C 0.0 0.5 2.0 2.6 — 11.6
    D-2 0.0 0.9 2.9 5.5 9.1 —
    E 0.0 3.1 13.0 19.5 25.6 —
    F 0.0 6.3 14.0 21.5 39.4 —
    G 0.0 3.2 6.9 8.3 16.0 —
    H 0.0 2.7 6.2 11.4 23.8 —
    I 0.0 1.6 3.9 7.6 16.6 —
    J 0.0 5.2 10.7 15.6 26.6 —
    K 0.0 1.7 3.7 8.0 11.6 —
    1 0.0 2.2 3.7 6.4 10.7 —
  • In another method a thermal stability test was performed by continuously heating the test inks in a printer at 136° C. and measuring the color change of the prints as a function of time (referred to as the “No-standby” test). The color changes of the resultant prints were monitored by CIELAB values and expressed by Delta E relative to the initial CIELAB values. The color change of each sample was, determined according to the methods described hereinabove for obtaining CIELAB values. Color changes were determined following ASTM D2244-89 (Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences From instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates) (delta E=[(L*[0348] 1−L*2)2+(a*1−a*2)2+(b*1−b*2)2]1/2). The results for tested Inks were as follows:
    aging
    time
    (days) A-1 A-2 B-1 C D-1 1
    0 0 0 0 0 0 0
    0.3 0.8 0.4 1 1.8 0.6 2.2
    0.5 1.6 0.5 1.4 1.7 1 3.7
    1 2 0.7 1.5 3.5 3.7 6
    2 2.2 1.5 3.4 5.7 7.9 8.4
    3 3.8 1.7 3.2 6.3 12 11
    4 4.4 2.5 4.1 — — 14
    5 5.1 2.9 4 — — 16
    6 6.3 3.7 5.2 — — 17
    7 7 4 4.4 — — 18
    8 8.6 4.7 5.1 11 34 20
    9 8.1 5.4 5.9 14 38 21
    10 8.4 6.2 6.6 16 40 21
    11 8.5 6.7 6.7 15 40 22
    12 8.6 7.4 7.5 — — 24
    13 8.2 7.7 8.3 19 44 25
    14 8.5 8.1 9 20 45 26
    • EXAMPLE XXIX Qualitative Assessment of Fingerprint Performance on Magenta Ink Print
  • All tested inks were subjected to a qualitative test for fingerprint resistance at room temperature. This test proceeded in three steps: printing of the inks, exposure of the prints to a mixture of finger oils and hand lotion ingredients, and finally a comparison of the various inks against a reference after a 5-day period. [0349]
  • The study was performed by initially printing the inks on A-size Hammermill Paper, including 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, and 90% ink coverage per sheet. Each sheet was dedicated to one ink only. For this purpose, the ink had been printed in portrait orientation in eight rectangular areas, measuring approximately 8″×1.25″with, each stripe representing one type of coverage. Three identical prints were generated per ink at a particular resolution, and two resolutions—355×464 dpi, and 600×600 dpi—were compared for each ink. The sets of prints included a reference ink, against which the experimental inks were compared at the two resolutions. [0350]
  • After the printing had been completed, the inks were exposed to a mixture of finger oil and hand lotion. For this purpose, a test person applied in two subsequent steps a hand lotion to his/her hands, and dried off excess lotion with a towel. Then, the person gently touched the printed inks at the right side of a particular print, starting at 90% coverage strip and proceeded in a downward motion to the 20% coverage strip. Afterwards, the procedure was repeated on the same print with the other hand, starting on the left side with the 20% coverage strip, and moving upward towards higher coverages. Without renewal of hand lotion, this was repeated with the next print. After the second print had been exposed to the finger oils, the person was instructed to re-apply lotion to the hands in the described manner, and proceed with the next two prints. When all prints had been exposed to the finger oils, the prints were deposited into manila folders, whereby each print was separated from the next by a blank sheet of paper. The folder then was stored at ambient temperature for 5 days. [0351]
  • At the end of this time period, the prints were removed from the manila folders and laid out in a systematic pattern on a sufficiently large table in a sufficiently bright and evenly lit room One test person—in some cases several test persons—then compared visually the finger marks on the prints with those seen on the prints of the reference ink. Observers were instructed to grade fingerprint performance qualitatively on a scale from −3 to +3, with −3 indicating worst behavior, and +3 indicating no finger marks observed. In this system of grades, the value ±0 would then indicate no difference of performance as compared to the print of the reference ink. [0352]
  • The prints were; also aged at elevated temperatures of 45° C. and 60° C. in addition to aging at room temperature. The tested ink according to the present invention was Ink A-1 and the reference ink was Comparative Ink 1. The evaluation scores were as follows: [0353]
    Ink room temp. 45° C. 60° C.
    A-1 0.7 1.1 1.5
    1 0 0 0
  • The results in the above table show that the images of the Ink A-1 prints were less affected by hand oils than those of Comparative Ink 1, suggesting better image stability. [0354]
    • EXAMPLE XXX Diffusion Testing
  • Ink A-2 and Comparative Ink 1 were tested for diffusion tendency of their colorants. A clear ink was also prepared in the same manner as for Ink A-2 but without any colorants. This diffusion evaluation method used printed images to test for the ability of the colorant from a magenta ink pixel to diffuse into neighboring colorless ink pixels that surrounded the magenta ink pixel. The test prints were generated to contain about 20 percent individual magenta pixels surrounded by 80 percent clear ink pixels. The prints were analyzed at room temperature over a number of days for overall color change detected using a color image analyzer, and the response was measured as change in delta E (ΔE) over time and shown in the table below. The color difference of each sample was determined according to the methods described hereinabove for obtaining CIELAB values. Color differences were determined following ASTM D2244-89 (Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences From instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates) (delta E [(L*[0355] 1−L*2)2+(a*1−a*2)2+(b*1−b*2)2])1/2). Both HAMMERMILL LASERPRINT® paper and XEROX® 4024 paper were used, and the color change results in terms of ΔE over time were as follows:
    HAMMERMILL
    LASERPRINT ® XEROX ® 4024
    Comp. Comp.
    Aging Time (days) Ink A-2 Ink 1 Ink A-2 Ink 1
    0 0 0 0 0
    0.75 0.1 0.8 0.5 1.2
    1.75 0.5 1.4 0.8 1.8
    3 0.3 1.5 0.7 2.0
    5.1 0.5 1.7 0.9 2.5
    6.95 0.6 2.1 0.8 3.0
    22 1.4 3.4 1.3 4.3
  • As the data indicate, the colorants examined had all diffused into surrounding clear base pixels, as evident by the color change and measured as a change in delta E (ΔE). The colorant in Ink A-2, however, underwent diffusion to a significantly lesser degree than the comparative colorant SR49 in Comparative Ink 1. These results indicate that the colorant in Ink A-2 is superior to the comparative commercial colorant SR49 in its ability for minimal dye diffusion. While not being limited to any particular theory, it is believed that the long alkyl groups of the colorant prepared in Example IF of this invention hindered the mobility of the colorant molecule. [0356]
  • Other embodiments and modifications of the present invention may occur to those of ordinary skill in the art subsequent to a review of the information presented herein; these embodiments and modifications, as well as equivalents thereof, are also included within the scope of this invention. [0357]
  • The recited order of processing elements or sequences, or the use of numbers, letters, or other designations therefor, is not intended to limit a claimed process to any order except as specified in the claim itself. [0358]

Claims (148)

What is claimed is:
1. A phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00183
wherein M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00184
chromogen moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00185
chromogen moieties, is an integer representing the number of
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00186
chromogen moieties associated with the metal and is at least 2, R1, R2, R3, and R4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylayl group, wherein R1 and R2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R3 and R4 can be-joined together to form a ring, and wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 can each be joined, to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R5, R6, and R7, independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl group, (iv) on, alkylaryl group, (v) a, halogen atom, (vi) an ester group, (vii) an amide group, (viii) a sulfone group, (ix) an amine group or ammonium group, (x) a nitrile group, (xi) a nitro:
group, (xii) a hydroxy group, (xiii) a cyano group, (xiv) a pyridine or pyridinium group, (xv) an ether group, (xvi) an aldehyde group, (xvii) a ketone group, (xviii) a carbonyl group, (xix) a thiocarbonyl group, (xx) a sulfate group, (xxi) a sulfide group, (xxii) a sulfoxide group, (xxiii) a phosphine or phosphonium group, (xxiv) a phosphate group, (xxv) a mercapto group, (xxvi) a nitroso group, (xxvii) an acyl group, (xxviii) an acid anhydride group, (xxix) an azide group, (xxx) an azo group, (xxxi) a cyanato group, (xxxii) an isocyanato group, (xxxiii) a thiocyanato group, (xxxiv) an isothiocyanato group, (xxxv) a urethane group, or (xxxvi) a urea group, wherein R5, R6, and R7 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure,
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00187
R8, R9, and R10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 16, Q− is a COO− group or a SO3 − group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q-0 groups.
2. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier comprises a monoamide, a tetra-amide, or a mixture thereof.
3. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier comprises (a) stearyl stearamide, (b) a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and stearic acid, or (c) mixtures thereof.
4. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier comprises (a) stearyl stearamide, (b) a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a carboxylic acid having at least about 36 carbon atoms, or (c) mixtures thereof.
5. A phase change ink composition according to claim 4 wherein the carboxylic acid has at least about 40 carbon atoms, and wherein the carboxylic acid has no more than about 200 carbon atoms.
6. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier comprises an isocyanate-derived material.
7. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier comprises a urethane isocyanate-derived material, a urea isocyanate-derived material, a urethane/urea isocyanate-derived material, or mixtures thereof.
8. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier comprises a mixture of one or more amides and one or more isocyanate-derived materials.
9. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier comprises one or more materials selected from paraffins, microcrystalline waxes, polyethylene waxes, ester waxes, amide waxes, fatty acids, fatty alcohols, fatty amides, sulfonamide materials, tall oil rosins, rosin esters, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene/acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate/acrylic acid copolymers, copolymers of acrylic acid with polyamides, ionomers, and mixtures thereof.
10. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink and wherein the phase change ink carrier is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 99 percent by weight of the ink.
11. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 50 percent by weight of the ink and wherein the phase change ink carrier is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 98 percent by weight of the ink.
12. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the phase change ink carrier is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 90 percent by weight of the ink and wherein the phase change ink carrier is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 95 percent by weight of the ink.
13. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink further contains an antioxidant.
14. A phase change ink composition according to claim 13 wherein the antioxidant is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 0.01 percent by weight of the ink, and wherein the antioxidant is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink.
15. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink further contains a viscosity modifier.
16. A phase change ink composition according to claim 15 wherein the viscosity modifier is an aliphatic ketone.
17. A phase change ink composition according to claim wherein the viscosity modifier is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink and wherein the viscosity modifier is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 99 percent by weight of the ink.
18. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink carrier comprises (a) a polyethylene wax, (b) a stearyl stearamide wax, (c) a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a carboxylic acid having at least about 36 carbon atoms, (d) a urethane resin derived from the reaction, of two equivalents of hydroabietyl alcohol and one equivalent of isophorone diisocyanate, (e) a urethane resin that is the adduct of three equivalents of stearyl isocyanate and a glycerol-based alcohol, and (f) an antioxidant.
19. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink carrier comprises (a) a polyethylene wax in an amount of at least about 25 percent by weight of the ink and in an amount of no more than about 60 percent by weight of the ink, (b) a stearyl stearamide wax in an amount of at least about 8 percent by weight of the ink and in an amount of no more than about 32 percent by weight of the ink, (c) a dimer acid based tetra-amide that is the reaction product of dimer acid, ethylene diamine, and a carboxylic acid having at least about 36 carbon atoms in an amount of at least about 10 percent by weight of the ink and in an amount of no more than about 32 percent by weight of the ink, (d) a urethane resin derived from the reaction of two equivalents of hydroabietyl alcohol and one equivalent of isophorone diisocyanate in an amount of at least about 6 percent by weight of the ink and in an amount of no more than about 16 percent by weight of the ink, (e) aurethane resin that is the adduct of three equivalents of stearyl isocyanate and a glycerol-based alcohol in an amount of at least about 2 percent by weight of the ink and in an amount of no more than about 13 percent by weight of the ink, and (f) an antioxidant in an amount of at least about 0.01 percent by weight of the ink and in an amount of no more than about 1 percent by weight of the ink.
20. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the colorant is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 0.1 percent by weight of the ink.
21. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the colorant is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 0.5 percent by weight of the ink.
22. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the colorant is present in the ink in an amount of at least about 1 percent by weight of the ink.
23. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the colorant is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 20 percent by weight of the ink.
24. A phase change ink composition according to claim wherein the colorant is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 13 percent by weight of the ink.
25. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the colorant is present in the ink in an amount of no more than about 6 percent by weight of the ink.
26. A phase change ink composition according to, claim 1 wherein the ink has a melting point of no lower than about 50° C. and wherein the ink has a melting point of no higher than about 160° C.
27. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has a melting point of no lower than about 70° C. and wherein the ink has a melting point of no higher than about 140° C.
28. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has a melting point of no lower than about 80° C. and wherein the ink has a melting point of no higher than about 100° C.
29. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has a melt viscosity at a temperature of about 140° C. of no more than about 30 centipoise.
30. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has a melt viscosity at a temperature of about 140-C of no more than about 20 centipoise.
31. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has d melt viscosity at a temperature of about 140° C. of no more than about 15 centipoise.
32. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has a melt viscosity at a temperature of about 140-C of no less than about 1 centipoise.
33. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has a melt viscosity at a temperature of about 140° C. of no less than about 5 centipoise.
34. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the ink has a melt viscosity at a temperature of about 140° C. of no less than about 7 centipoise.
35. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 further containing an anthraquinone colorant.
36. A phase change ink composition according to claim 35 wherein the anthraquinone colorant is Solvent Red. 72.
37. A phase change ink composition according to claim 35 wherein the anthraquinone colorant is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00188
wherein R2 is a linear alkyl group having an average of about 50 carbon atoms.
38. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 further containing an acid having a K0 value greater than that of the Ka of the Q and/or Q− groups on the colorant.
39. A phase change ink composition according to claim 38 wherein the acid is para-toluene-sulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, methylsulfonic acid, trifluoromethyl sulfonic acid, hydrobromic acid, or a mixture thereof.
40. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a metal ion of a metal selected from magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, radium, aluminum, gallium, germanium, indium, tin, antimony, tellurium, thallium, lead, bismuth, polonium, scandium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, zirconium, niobium molybdenum, technetium, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, cadmium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, rhenium, osmium, iridium, platinum, gold, mercury, metals of the lanthamide series, metals of the actinide series, and mixtures thereof.
41. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a metal ion of a metal selected from zinc, calcium, bismuth, tin, iron, copper, aluminum, nickel, titanium, chromium, or mixtures thereof.
42. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a zinc metal ion.
43. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a metal-containing moiety which is a metal ionic moiety.
44. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a metal-containing moiety which is a metal coordination compound.
45. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a metal-containing moiety which is a heteropolyacid.
46. A phase change ink composition according to claim 45 wherein the heteropolyacid is a phosphotungstic acid, a silicotungstic acid, a phosphomolybdic acid, or a mixture thereof.
47. A phase change ink composition according to claim 45 wherein the heteropolyacid is a mixture of phosphomolybdic acid and phosphotungstic acid.
48. A phase change ink, composition according to claim 1 wherein the compound is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00189
wherein M is a metal cation, y is an integer representing the charge on the metal cation and is at least 2, A is an anion, and x is an integer representing the charge on the anion.
49. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein a, b, and c are each zero.
50. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein d is 1.
51. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein d is 2.
52. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein d is 1 and Q− is a COO− group.
53. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein d is 1 and Q− is a SO3— group.
54. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00190
55. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00191
56. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00192
57. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00193
58. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is an alkyl group.
59. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group is a linear alkyl group.
60. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group is a branched alkyl group.
61. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group is a saturated alkyl group.
62. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group is an unsaturated alkyl group.
63. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group is a cyclic alkyl group.
64. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group is a substituted alkyl group.
65. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group is an unsubstituted alkyl group.
66. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein the alkyl group has at least about 18 carbon atoms.
67. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein at least one hetero atom selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon; or phosphorus is present in the alkyl group.
68. A phase change ink composition according to claim 58 wherein no hetero atoms are present in the alkyl group.
69. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is an aryl group.
70. A phase change ink composition according to claim 69 wherein the aryl group is a substituted aryl group.
71. A phase change ink composition according to claim 69 wherein the aryl group is an unsubstituted aryl group.
72. A phase change ink composition according to claim 69 wherein at least one hetero atom selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, or phosphorus is present in the aryl group.
73. A phase change ink composition according to claim 69 wherein no hetero atoms are present in the aryl group.
74. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is an arylalkyl group.
75. A phase change ink composition according to claim 74 wherein the arylolkyl group is a substituted arylalkyl group.
76. A phase change ink composition according to claim 74 wherein the arylalkyl group is an unsubstituted arylalkyl group.
77. A phase change ink composition according to claim 74 wherein at least one hetero atom selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, or phosphorus is present in the arylalkyl group.
78. A phase change ink composition according to claim 74 wherein no hetero atoms are present in the arylalkyl group.
79. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is an alkylaryl group.
80. A phase change ink composition according to claim 79 wherein the alkylaryl group is a substituted alkylaryl group.
81. A phase change ink composition according to claim 79 wherein the alkylaryl group is an unsubstituted alkylaryl group.
82. A phase change ink composition according to claim 79 wherein at least one hetero atom selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, or phosphorus is present in the alkylaryl group.
83. A phase change ink composition according to claim 79 wherein no hetero atoms are present in the alkylaryl group.
84. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein R1 and R2 are joined together to form d ring.
85. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein R1 and R2 are joined together to form a ring and wherein R3 and R4 are joined together to form a ring.
86. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure.
87. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 32.
88. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 48.
89. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 72.
90. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00194
91. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00195
92. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00196
93. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00197
wherein n is at least about 11.
94. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00198
95. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00199
wherein n is at least about 12.
96. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00200
wherein n is at least about 12.
97. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00201
wherein n is at least about 12.
98. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00202
99. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00203
wherein n is at least about 12.
100. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00204
wherein n is at least about 12.
101. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00205
wherein n is at least about 12.
102. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00206
103. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00207
wherein n is at least about 12.
104. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00208
wherein n is at least about 12.
105. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is; of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00209
wherein n is at least about 12.
106. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00210
107. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00211
108. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00212
109. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00213
wherein n is at least about 12.
110. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00214
wherein n is at least about 12.
111. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00215
wherein n is at least about 12.
112. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00216
113. A phase change ink composition according to claim. 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00217
wherein n is at least ab out 12.
114. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00218
wherein n is at least about 12.
115. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00219
wherein n is at least about 12.
116. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00220
wherein n has an average value of at least about 12.
117. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00221
wherein n has an average value of about 50.
118. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00222
119. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00223
120. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00224
121. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00225
122. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00226
123. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a zinc cation, y is 2, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00227
124. A phase change ink composition according to claim 123 wherein z is 2.
125. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a calcium cation, y is 2, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00228
126. A phase change ink composition according to claim 125 wherein z is 2.
127. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a bismuth cation, y is 3, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00229
128. A phase change ink composition according to claim 127 wherein z is 3.
129. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a tin cation, y is 2, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00230
130. A phase change ink composition according to claim 129 wherein z is 2.
131. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is an iron cation, y is 2, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00231
132. A phase change ink composition according to claim 131 wherein z is 2.
133. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a copper cation, y is 2, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00232
134. A phase change ink composition according to claim 133 wherein z is 2.
135. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is an aluminum cation, y is 3, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00233
136. A phase change ink composition according to claim 135 wherein z is 3.
137. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a nickel cation, y is 2, and the chromogen islof the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00234
138. A phase change ink composition according to claim 137 wherein z is 2.
139. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a titanium cation, y is 4, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00235
140. A phase change ink composition according to claim 139 wherein z is 4.
141. A phase change ink composition according to claim 1 wherein M is a chromium cation, y is 3, and the chromogen is of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00236
142. A phase change ink composition according to claim 141 wherein z is 3.
143. A phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant which is the reaction product of (a) a chromogen of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00237
wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R1 and R2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R3 and R4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R5, R6, and R7, independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl group, (iv) an alkylaryl group, (v) a halogen atom, (vi) an ester group, (vii) an amide group, (viii) a sulfone group, (ix) an amine group or ammonium group, (x) a nitrite group, (xi) a nitro group, (xii) a hydroxy group, (xiii) a cyano group, (xiv) a pyridine or pyridinium group, (xv) an ether group, (xvi) an aldehyde group, (xvii) a ketone group, (xviii) a carbonyl group, (xix) a thiocarbonyl group, (xx) a sulfate group, (xxi) a sulfide group, (xxii) a sulfoxide group, (xxiii) a phosphine or phosphonium group, (xxiv) a phosphate group, (xxv) a mercapto group, (xxvi) a nitroso group, (xxvii) an acyl group, (xxviii) an acid anhydride group, (xxix) an azide group, (xxx) an azo group, (xxxi) a cyanato group, (xxxii) an isocyanato group, (xxxiii) a thiocyanato group, (xxxiv) an iso thiocyanato group, (xxxv) a urethane group, or (xxxvi) a urea group, wherein R5, R6, and R7 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure,
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00238
R8, R9, and R10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided; that the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 16, Q− is a COO− group or a SC3 − group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q− groups, and (b) a metal salt of which the metal portion is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable of forming a compound with at least two
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00239
chromogen moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00240
chromogen moieties.
144. A process which comprises (1) incorporating into an ink jet printing apparatus a phase change ink composition comprising a phase change ink carrier and a colorant compound of the formula
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00241
wherein M is either (1) a metal ion having a positive charge of +y wherein y is an integer which is at least 2, said metal ion being capable
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00242
chromogen moieties, or (2) a metal-containing moiety capable of forming a compound with at least two
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00243
chromogen moieties, z is an integer representing the number of
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00244
chromogen moieties associated with the metal and is at least 2, R1, R2, R3, and R4 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, wherein R1 and R2 can be joined together to form a ring, wherein R3 and R4 can be joined together to form a ring, and wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure, a and b each, independently of the others, is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, or 3, c is an integer which is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, each R5, R6, and R7, independently of the others, is (i) an alkyl group, (ii) an aryl group, (iii) an arylalkyl group, (iv) an alkylaryl group, (v) a halogen atom, (vi) an ester group, (vii) an amide group, (viii) a sulfone group, (ix) an amine group or ammonium group, (x) a nitrile group, (xi) a nitro group, (xii) a hydroxy group, (xiii) a cyano group, (xiv) a pyridine or pyridinium group, (xv) an ether group, (xvi) an aldehyde group, (xvii) a ketone group, (xviii) a carbonyl group, (xix) a thiocarbonyl group, (xx) a sulfate group, (xxi) a sulfide group, (xxii) a sulfoxide group, (xxiii) a phosphine or phosphonium group, (xxiv) a phosphate group, (xxv) a mercapto group, (xxvi) a nitroso group, (xxvii) an acyl group, (xxviii) an acid anhydride group, (xxix) an azide group, (xxx) an azo group, (xxxi) a cyanato group, (xxxii) an isocyanato group, (xxxiii) a thiocyanato group, (xxxiv) an isothiocyanato group, (xxxv) a urethane group, or (xxxvi) a urea group, wherein R5, R6, and R7 can each be joined to a phenyl ring in the central structure,
Figure US20040261657A1-20041230-C00245
R8, R9, and R10 each, independently of the others, is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) an alkyl group, (iii) an aryl group, (iv) an arylalkyl group, or (v) an alkylaryl group, provided that the number of carbon atoms in R1+R2+R3+R4+R5+R6+R7+R8+R9+R10 is at least about 16, Q− is a COO— group or a SO3— group, d is an integer which is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, A is an anion, and CA is either a hydrogen atom or a cation associated with all but one of the Q groups; (2) melting the ink; and (3) causing droplets of the melted ink to be ejected in an imagewise pattern onto a substrate.
145. A process according to claim 144 wherein the printing apparatus employs a piezoelectric printing process wherein droplets of the ink are caused to be ejected in imagewise pattern by oscillations of piezoelectric vibrating elements.
146. A process according to claim 144 wherein the substrate is a final recording sheet and droplets of the melted ink are ejected in an imagewise pattern directly onto the final recording sheet.
147. A process according to claim 144 wherein the substrate is an intermediate transfer member and droplets of the melted ink are ejected in an imagewise pattern onto the intermediate transfer member followed by transfer of the imagewise pattern from the intermediate transfer member to a final recording sheet.
148. A process according to claim 147 wherein the intermediate transfer member is heated to a temperature above that of the final recording sheet and below that of the melted ink in the printing apparatus.
US10/606,631 2003-06-26 2003-06-26 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds Expired - Lifetime US6835238B1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/606,631 US6835238B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2003-06-26 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
EP04011823A EP1491595B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2004-05-18 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
DE602004006921T DE602004006921T2 (en) 2003-06-26 2004-05-18 Phase change inks containing dyes
CA2471533A CA2471533C (en) 2003-06-26 2004-06-18 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
MXPA04006262A MXPA04006262A (en) 2003-06-26 2004-06-24 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds.
CNB2004100620477A CN100497497C (en) 2003-06-26 2004-06-25 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
BRPI0402453-2A BRPI0402453B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2004-06-28 PHASE CHANGE INK COMPOSITION UNDERSTANDING A PHASE CHANGE VEHICLE AND A COLORING COMPOUND AND PROCESS
JP2004190164A JP5265843B2 (en) 2003-06-26 2004-06-28 Color change composition containing phase change ink

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/606,631 US6835238B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2003-06-26 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US6835238B1 US6835238B1 (en) 2004-12-28
US20040261657A1 true US20040261657A1 (en) 2004-12-30

Family

ID=33418695

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/606,631 Expired - Lifetime US6835238B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2003-06-26 Phase change inks containing colorant compounds

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US6835238B1 (en)
EP (1) EP1491595B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5265843B2 (en)
CN (1) CN100497497C (en)
BR (1) BRPI0402453B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2471533C (en)
DE (1) DE602004006921T2 (en)
MX (1) MXPA04006262A (en)

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050178289A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-08-18 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Novel colorant compound, ink, ink tank, recording unit, recording apparatus and recording process
US20080087190A1 (en) * 2006-10-12 2008-04-17 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent phase change inks
US20080098927A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2008-05-01 Xerox Corporation Pigmented phase change inks
US20080145558A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-06-19 Xerox Corporation Ink compositions
US20080145559A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-06-19 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
US20080152824A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
US20080154032A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US20080184910A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US20080184911A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US20080186371A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080186372A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080187664A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080245263A1 (en) * 2007-04-04 2008-10-09 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080245264A1 (en) * 2007-04-04 2008-10-09 Xerox Corporation. Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080302272A1 (en) * 2007-06-07 2008-12-11 Xerox Corporation Nonpolar and solid or phase change ink compositions comprising quinacridone nanoscale pigment particles
US20100124611A1 (en) * 2008-11-17 2010-05-20 Xerox Corporation Phase Change Inks Containing Graphene-Based Carbon Allotrope Colorants
US20100313788A1 (en) * 2009-06-10 2010-12-16 Xerox Corporation Solid or phase change inks with improved properties
US20110061565A1 (en) * 2008-03-07 2011-03-17 Xerox Corporation Compounds suitable for use in inks and inks having such compounds
US20110177245A1 (en) * 2010-01-19 2011-07-21 Xerox Corporation Ink compositions
US8147714B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2012-04-03 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent organic nanoparticles and a process for producing fluorescent organic nanoparticles
US8222313B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2012-07-17 Xerox Corporation Radiation curable ink containing fluorescent nanoparticles
US8236198B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2012-08-07 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent nanoscale particles
US8541154B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2013-09-24 Xerox Corporation Toner containing fluorescent nanoparticles
US8586141B2 (en) * 2008-10-06 2013-11-19 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent solid ink made with fluorescent nanoparticles

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6730150B1 (en) * 1996-06-28 2004-05-04 Xerox Corporation Phase change ink formulation containing a combination of a urethane resin, a mixed urethane/urearesin, a mono-amide and a polyethylene wax
US7176317B2 (en) * 2003-06-26 2007-02-13 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US6998493B2 (en) * 2003-06-26 2006-02-14 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US7033424B2 (en) * 2004-07-23 2006-04-25 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
US20070252879A1 (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 Xerox Corporation Phase change ink additives
US20080145557A1 (en) 2006-12-18 2008-06-19 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing dialkyl ethers
US7641728B2 (en) * 2007-04-23 2010-01-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Ink composition and method for forming the same
US7677713B2 (en) * 2007-05-30 2010-03-16 Xerox Corporation Solid ink set incorporating naturally derived materials and processes thereof
US7699918B2 (en) * 2007-05-31 2010-04-20 Xerox Corporation Reactive ink components and methods for forming images using reactive inks
JP6028478B2 (en) * 2011-10-14 2016-11-16 Jsr株式会社 Colorant, coloring composition, color filter and display element
CN102492309B (en) * 2011-11-11 2013-06-19 大连理工大学 Suspended photo-thermal conversion organic phase-change dye
US8920551B1 (en) * 2013-08-28 2014-12-30 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
KR101814670B1 (en) 2015-08-27 2018-01-30 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Novel urethane resin, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same and color filter
KR102023158B1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2019-09-19 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer using the same and color filter

Citations (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1981515A (en) * 1928-12-01 1934-11-20 Nat Aniline & Chem Co Inc Intermediates for rhodamine dyestuffs
US1981516A (en) * 1934-11-20 Intermediates for secondary alkyl
US1991482A (en) * 1932-03-24 1935-02-19 Du Pont Rhodamine dyes
US3653932A (en) * 1969-08-28 1972-04-04 Teletype Corp Electrostatic printing composition comprising didodecyl sebacate
US4390369A (en) * 1981-12-17 1983-06-28 Exxon Research And Engineering Co. Natural wax-containing ink jet inks
US4484948A (en) * 1981-12-17 1984-11-27 Exxon Research And Engineering Co. Natural wax-containing ink jet inks
US4647675A (en) * 1984-07-12 1987-03-03 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Rhodamine dyes
US4684956A (en) * 1984-05-10 1987-08-04 Willett International Limited Method for applying a hot melt ink to a substrate
US4851045A (en) * 1986-08-25 1989-07-25 Seiko Epson Corporation Hot-melt ink
US4889761A (en) * 1988-08-25 1989-12-26 Tektronix, Inc. Substrates having a light-transmissive phase change ink printed thereon and methods for producing same
US4889560A (en) * 1988-08-03 1989-12-26 Tektronix, Inc. Phase change ink composition and phase change ink produced therefrom
US4935059A (en) * 1988-06-23 1990-06-19 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Basic rhodamine dyes
US5006170A (en) * 1989-06-22 1991-04-09 Xerox Corporation Hot melt ink compositions
US5084099A (en) * 1991-06-17 1992-01-28 Tektronix, Inc. Phase change ink colorants and phase change inks produced therefrom
US5151120A (en) * 1989-03-31 1992-09-29 Hewlett-Packard Company Solid ink compositions for thermal ink-jet printing having improved printing characteristics
US5221335A (en) * 1990-05-23 1993-06-22 Coates Electrographics Limited Stabilized pigmented hot melt ink containing nitrogen-modified acrylate polymer as dispersion-stabilizer agent
US5372852A (en) * 1992-11-25 1994-12-13 Tektronix, Inc. Indirect printing process for applying selective phase change ink compositions to substrates
US5496879A (en) * 1992-02-25 1996-03-05 Siegwerk Druckfarben Gmbh & Co. Kg Printing ink
US5507864A (en) * 1994-11-14 1996-04-16 Tektronix, Inc. Phase change ink composition employing a combination of dyes
US5621022A (en) * 1992-11-25 1997-04-15 Tektronix, Inc. Use of polymeric dyes in hot melt ink jet inks
US5747554A (en) * 1996-03-29 1998-05-05 Xerox Corporation Ink compositions
US5847162A (en) * 1996-06-27 1998-12-08 The Perkin Elmer Corporation 4, 7-Dichlororhodamine dyes
US5902841A (en) * 1992-11-25 1999-05-11 Tektronix, Inc. Use of hydroxy-functional fatty amides in hot melt ink jet inks

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB421737A (en) 1933-06-30 1934-12-31 Ici Ltd Manufacture of new rhodamine dyes and their application
DE2018168C3 (en) * 1970-04-16 1974-05-22 Farbwerke Hoechst Ag, Vormals Meister Lucius & Bruening, 6000 Frankfurt Pigment preparations and processes for their production
US4050945A (en) * 1974-07-08 1977-09-27 Yoshio Suzuki Heat-sensitive color-producing compositions and articles using same
US4361842A (en) * 1979-09-14 1982-11-30 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Recording method using film forming liquid composition
EP0187352B1 (en) 1984-12-31 1991-06-05 Howtek, Inc. A method of ink jet colour printing
EP0206286B1 (en) 1985-06-25 1990-05-23 Howtek, Inc. Ink jet printer ink
US5352712A (en) 1989-05-11 1994-10-04 Borden, Inc. Ultraviolet radiation-curable coatings for optical fibers
US5385957A (en) 1992-08-24 1995-01-31 Videojet Systems International, Inc. Hotmelt ink jet comprising ionomers having melting points from about 50° C. to about 130° or a softening point below about 80° C., and an image-forming agent
US5620820A (en) * 1995-10-12 1997-04-15 Xerox Corporation Four color toner set
GB2311075A (en) 1997-04-26 1997-09-17 Zeneca Ltd Ester or amide containing xanthene dyes for use in ink jet or hot melt inks

Patent Citations (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1981516A (en) * 1934-11-20 Intermediates for secondary alkyl
US1981515A (en) * 1928-12-01 1934-11-20 Nat Aniline & Chem Co Inc Intermediates for rhodamine dyestuffs
US1991482A (en) * 1932-03-24 1935-02-19 Du Pont Rhodamine dyes
US3653932A (en) * 1969-08-28 1972-04-04 Teletype Corp Electrostatic printing composition comprising didodecyl sebacate
US4390369A (en) * 1981-12-17 1983-06-28 Exxon Research And Engineering Co. Natural wax-containing ink jet inks
US4484948A (en) * 1981-12-17 1984-11-27 Exxon Research And Engineering Co. Natural wax-containing ink jet inks
US4684956A (en) * 1984-05-10 1987-08-04 Willett International Limited Method for applying a hot melt ink to a substrate
US4647675A (en) * 1984-07-12 1987-03-03 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Rhodamine dyes
US4851045A (en) * 1986-08-25 1989-07-25 Seiko Epson Corporation Hot-melt ink
US4935059A (en) * 1988-06-23 1990-06-19 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Basic rhodamine dyes
US4889560A (en) * 1988-08-03 1989-12-26 Tektronix, Inc. Phase change ink composition and phase change ink produced therefrom
US4889761A (en) * 1988-08-25 1989-12-26 Tektronix, Inc. Substrates having a light-transmissive phase change ink printed thereon and methods for producing same
US5151120A (en) * 1989-03-31 1992-09-29 Hewlett-Packard Company Solid ink compositions for thermal ink-jet printing having improved printing characteristics
US5006170A (en) * 1989-06-22 1991-04-09 Xerox Corporation Hot melt ink compositions
US5221335A (en) * 1990-05-23 1993-06-22 Coates Electrographics Limited Stabilized pigmented hot melt ink containing nitrogen-modified acrylate polymer as dispersion-stabilizer agent
US5084099A (en) * 1991-06-17 1992-01-28 Tektronix, Inc. Phase change ink colorants and phase change inks produced therefrom
US5496879A (en) * 1992-02-25 1996-03-05 Siegwerk Druckfarben Gmbh & Co. Kg Printing ink
US5372852A (en) * 1992-11-25 1994-12-13 Tektronix, Inc. Indirect printing process for applying selective phase change ink compositions to substrates
US5621022A (en) * 1992-11-25 1997-04-15 Tektronix, Inc. Use of polymeric dyes in hot melt ink jet inks
US5902841A (en) * 1992-11-25 1999-05-11 Tektronix, Inc. Use of hydroxy-functional fatty amides in hot melt ink jet inks
US5507864A (en) * 1994-11-14 1996-04-16 Tektronix, Inc. Phase change ink composition employing a combination of dyes
US5747554A (en) * 1996-03-29 1998-05-05 Xerox Corporation Ink compositions
US5847162A (en) * 1996-06-27 1998-12-08 The Perkin Elmer Corporation 4, 7-Dichlororhodamine dyes

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050178289A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-08-18 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Novel colorant compound, ink, ink tank, recording unit, recording apparatus and recording process
US7083667B2 (en) * 2004-02-13 2006-08-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Colorant compound, ink, ink tank, recording unit, recording apparatus and recording process
US20080087190A1 (en) * 2006-10-12 2008-04-17 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent phase change inks
US7674326B2 (en) 2006-10-12 2010-03-09 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent phase change inks
US20080098927A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2008-05-01 Xerox Corporation Pigmented phase change inks
US20080145558A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-06-19 Xerox Corporation Ink compositions
US20080145559A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-06-19 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
US7781026B2 (en) * 2006-12-19 2010-08-24 Xerox Corporation Ink compositions
US7713342B2 (en) * 2006-12-19 2010-05-11 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
US20080152824A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
US20080154032A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US8057589B2 (en) * 2006-12-21 2011-11-15 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks
US20080187664A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US8303671B2 (en) * 2007-02-06 2012-11-06 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US20080184910A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US7997712B2 (en) * 2007-02-06 2011-08-16 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080186372A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080186371A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US8163074B2 (en) * 2007-02-06 2012-04-24 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080184911A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-07 Xerox Corporation Colorant compounds
US7749315B2 (en) * 2007-04-04 2010-07-06 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US7811368B2 (en) * 2007-04-04 2010-10-12 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080245263A1 (en) * 2007-04-04 2008-10-09 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080245264A1 (en) * 2007-04-04 2008-10-09 Xerox Corporation. Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20080302272A1 (en) * 2007-06-07 2008-12-11 Xerox Corporation Nonpolar and solid or phase change ink compositions comprising quinacridone nanoscale pigment particles
US20110061565A1 (en) * 2008-03-07 2011-03-17 Xerox Corporation Compounds suitable for use in inks and inks having such compounds
US8372188B2 (en) * 2008-03-07 2013-02-12 Xerox Corporation Compounds suitable for use in inks and inks having such compounds
US8147714B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2012-04-03 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent organic nanoparticles and a process for producing fluorescent organic nanoparticles
US8222313B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2012-07-17 Xerox Corporation Radiation curable ink containing fluorescent nanoparticles
US8236198B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2012-08-07 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent nanoscale particles
US8541154B2 (en) 2008-10-06 2013-09-24 Xerox Corporation Toner containing fluorescent nanoparticles
US8586141B2 (en) * 2008-10-06 2013-11-19 Xerox Corporation Fluorescent solid ink made with fluorescent nanoparticles
US8177897B2 (en) * 2008-11-17 2012-05-15 Xerox Corporation Phase change inks containing graphene-based carbon allotrope colorants
US20100124611A1 (en) * 2008-11-17 2010-05-20 Xerox Corporation Phase Change Inks Containing Graphene-Based Carbon Allotrope Colorants
US20100313788A1 (en) * 2009-06-10 2010-12-16 Xerox Corporation Solid or phase change inks with improved properties
US8915993B2 (en) 2009-06-10 2014-12-23 Xerox Corporation Solid or phase change inks with improved properties
US20110177245A1 (en) * 2010-01-19 2011-07-21 Xerox Corporation Ink compositions

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2471533A1 (en) 2004-12-26
BRPI0402453B1 (en) 2014-12-30
CN1576329A (en) 2005-02-09
US6835238B1 (en) 2004-12-28
JP5265843B2 (en) 2013-08-14
CA2471533C (en) 2010-03-23
BRPI0402453A (en) 2005-05-31
EP1491595B1 (en) 2007-06-13
EP1491595A1 (en) 2004-12-29
CN100497497C (en) 2009-06-10
JP2005015807A (en) 2005-01-20
DE602004006921T2 (en) 2007-10-18
DE602004006921D1 (en) 2007-07-26
MXPA04006262A (en) 2005-02-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6835238B1 (en) Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US6998493B2 (en) Colorant compounds
US6860931B2 (en) Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US7176317B2 (en) Colorant compounds
US7732625B2 (en) Colorant compounds
US20080187664A1 (en) Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US7311767B2 (en) Processes for preparing phase change inks
US7033424B2 (en) Phase change inks
EP1961793B1 (en) Phase change inks containing colorant compounds
US20060021547A1 (en) Phase change inks

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: XEROX CORPORATION, CONNECTICUT

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WU, BO;BANNING, JEFFERY H.;DUFF, JAMES M.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:014697/0738;SIGNING DATES FROM 20030919 TO 20031031

AS Assignment

Owner name: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, AS COLLATERAL AGENT, TEXAS

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:XEROX CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:015722/0119

Effective date: 20030625

Owner name: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, AS COLLATERAL AGENT,TEXAS

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:XEROX CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:015722/0119

Effective date: 20030625

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

AS Assignment

Owner name: JP MORGAN CHASE BANK,TEXAS

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:XEROX CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:016761/0158

Effective date: 20030625

Owner name: JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, TEXAS

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:XEROX CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:016761/0158

Effective date: 20030625

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 4

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 8

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 12

AS Assignment

Owner name: XEROX CORPORATION, CONNECTICUT

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. AS SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL AGENT TO BANK ONE, N.A.;REEL/FRAME:061360/0501

Effective date: 20220822

Owner name: XEROX CORPORATION, CONNECTICUT

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. AS SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL AGENT TO BANK ONE, N.A.;REEL/FRAME:061360/0628

Effective date: 20220822

AS Assignment

Owner name: CITIBANK, N.A., AS AGENT, DELAWARE

Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:XEROX CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:062740/0214

Effective date: 20221107

AS Assignment

Owner name: XEROX CORPORATION, CONNECTICUT

Free format text: RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS AT R/F 062740/0214;ASSIGNOR:CITIBANK, N.A., AS AGENT;REEL/FRAME:063694/0122

Effective date: 20230517

AS Assignment

Owner name: CITIBANK, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NEW YORK

Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:XEROX CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:064760/0389

Effective date: 20230621